(navigation image)
Home American Libraries | Canadian Libraries | Universal Library | Community Texts | Project Gutenberg | Children's Library | Biodiversity Heritage Library | Additional Collections
Search: Advanced Search
Anonymous User (login or join us)
Upload
See other formats

Full text of "Bulletin of Wake Forest University"

BULLETIN OF 
WAKE FOREST UNIVERSITY 



CATALOG ISSUE 



WINSTON-SALEM 



NORTH CAROLINA 







^«3V" 



SB 9aso«r>^ 



JANUARY 1969 

FOR STUDENTS ENTERING IN 
ACADEMIC YEAR 1969-1970 



CORRESPONDENCE 

Inquiries to the University should be addressed as indicated 
below: 

Admissions Director of Admissions 

Alumni Affairs Director of Development and 

Alumni Activities 

Athletics Director of Athletics 

Business Administration Dean of Charles H. Babcock 

School of Business 

Administration 

Catalogs Director of Admissions 

Financial Matters Vice President for Busirtess 

and Finance 
General Policy of the 

University President 

Gifts and Bequests President 

Graduate Studies Graduate School 

Housing — 

Men Director of Residences 

Women Dean of Women 

Law Dean of School of Law 

Medicine Director of Admissions 

Bowman Gray School of 

Medicine, Winston-Salem, 

N. C. 27103 

Placement Director of Placement 

Public Relations and 

Development Program President 

Scholarships Committee on Scholarships 

Student Affairs Dean of Students 

Summer Session Dean of Summer Session 

Transcripts Registrar 

All addresses, except Medicine, are: 

Wake Forest University, Reynolda Station 

Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109 




Wait Chapel and Plaza 




Air Viet 




Campus 




The Z. Smith Reynolds Library 



New Series 



January 1969 



Vol. LXIV, No. 1 



bulletin of 

Wake Forest 
University 




"==5*83* ,//' 



>*XSS// J 



GENERAL CATALOG ISSUE 

ONE HUNDRED THIRTY-FOURTH YEAR 
ANNOUNCEMENTS FOR 1969-1970 



The Bulletin of Wake Forest University is published six times annually at 

Winston-Salem, North Carolina, and includes announcements of 

Wake Forest College, Bulletin of Information, Graduate 

School, Summer Session, Bowman Gray School 

of Medicine, and the School of Law 

Second-class postage paid at Winston-Salem, N. C. 





19 


69 






JANUARY 


APRIL 


JULY 


OCTOBER 




S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 910 11 

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 


12 3 4 5 
6 7 8 9 10 11 12 
13 14 15 16 17 18 19 
20 21 22 23 24 25 26 
27 28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 9 10 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 31 


FEBRUARY 


MAY 


AUGUST 


NOVEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 


1 2 3 

4 5 6 7 8 910 

11 12 13 14 15 16 17 

18 19 20 21 22 23 24 

25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


1 
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 


MARCH 


JUNE 


SEPTEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S 4 M T W T F S 


1 
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 


12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 


12 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 31 




19 


70 






JANUARY 


APRIL 


JULY 


OCTOBER 




S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 910 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


12 3 4 
5 6 7 8 910 11 
12 13 14 15 16 17 18 
19 20 21 22 23 24 25 
26 27 28 29 30 


12 3 4 

5 6 7 8 9 10 11 

12 13 14 15 16 17 18 

19 20 21 22 23 24 25 

26 27 28 29 30 31 


1 2 3 
4 5 6 7 8 910 
11 12 13 14 15 16 17 
18 19 20 21 22 23 24 
25 26 27 28 29 30 31 


FEBRUARY 


MAY 


AUGUST 


NOVEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 


1 2 

3 4 5 6 7 8 9 
10 11 12 13 14 15 16 
17 18 19 20 21 22 23 
24 25 26 27 28 29 30 
31 


1 
2 3 4 5 6 7 8 
9 10 11 12 13 14 15 
16 17 18 19 20 21 22 
23 24 25 26 27 28 29 
30 31 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 


MARCH 


JUNE 


SEPTEMBER 


DECEMBER 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


S M T W T F S 


12 3 4 5 6 7 
8 9 10 11 12 13 14 
15 16 17 18 19 20 21 
22 23 24 25 26 27 28 
29 30 31 


1 2 3 4 5 6 

7 8 9 10 11 12 13 

14 15 16 17 18 19 20 

21 22 23 24 25 26 27 

28 29 30 


12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

27 28 29 30 


12 3 4 5 

6 7 8 9 10 11 12 

13 14 15 16 17 18 19 

20 21 22 23 24 25 26 

27 28 29 30 31 











UNIVERSITY CALENDAR 

Summer Session 1969 



June 


16 


Monday 


June 


17 


Tuesday 


July 


22 


Tuesday 


July 


24 


Thursday 


July 


25 


Friday 



August 29 Friday 



Registration First Term 
Classes begin 
First term ends 
Registration Second Term 
Classes begin 
Second term ends 



Sept. 


11 


Thursday 


Sept. 


11 


Thursday 


Sept. 


11 
16 


Thursday 
Tuesday 


Sept. 


15 
16 


Monday 
Tuesday 


Sept. 


17 


Wednesday 


Oct. 


3 


Friday 


Oct. 


11 


Saturday 


Oct. 


17 


Friday 


Nov. 


10 


Monday 


Nov. 


27 
30 


Thursday 
Sunday 


Dec. 


1 


Monday 


Dec. 
Jan. 


19 
4 


Friday 
Sunday 


Jan. 


5 


Monday 


Jan. 


19 


Monday 


Jan. 


22 


Thursday 


Jan. 


28 


Wednesday 



Fall Term 1969 

9:00 Dormitories open for students 

11:00 Cafeteria open 

Orientation for freshmen and trans- 
fer students 

Registration (8:00-5:00) 
Registration (8:00-12:00) 

Classes begin 

Last day for dropping a class 
without penalty 

Homecoming (Holiday) 

I grades of last term become F 

Mid-term reports due in Registrar's 
Office 

Thanksgiving recess 

Classes resumed 

Christmas Recess 

Classes resumed 
Examinations begin 
Reading Day 
Examinations end 



Spring Term 1970 



Feb. 

Feb. 


2 
3 


Monday ] 
Tuesday ^ 


Registration (8:00-5:00) 
Registration (8:00-12:00) 


Feb. 


4 


Wednesday 


Classes begin 


Feb. 


5 


Thursday 


Founders' Day Convocation 


Feb. 


18 


Wednesday 


Last day for dropping a class 
without penalty 


March 


5 


Thursday 


I grades of last term become F 


March 


26 


Thursday 


Mid-term reports due in Registrar's 
Office 


March 
April 


29 
5 


Sunday ) 
Sunday f 


* Spring recess 


April 


6 


Monday 


Classes resumed 


April 


6 
11 


Monday j 
Saturday j 


Sophomores sign for conferences 
with major advisers 


April 


9 


Thursday 


Senior testing day 


April 


15 


Wednesday 


Last day for payment of reser- 
vation deposit for next school 
year 


April 

May 


27 
9 


Monday ) 
Saturday | 


Sophomores conferences with 
major advisers 


May 


25 


Monday 


Examinations begin 


May 


28 


Thursday 


Reading Day 


June 


3 


Wednesday 


Examinations end 


June 


5 


Friday 12:00 


Last Senior grades due in 
Registrar's Office 


June 


6 


Saturday 


Alumni Day 


June 


7 


Sunday 


Baccalaureate Sermon 


June 


8 


Monday 


Graduation 



* Spring recess for students registered in Education 251 will coincide 
with the Easter recess of the Public Schools. 



CONTENTS 

Page 

Introductory 7 

Administration and Instruction 9 

The University and Its Equipment 28 

Admission 41 

University Charges and Financial Arrangements 45 

Scholarships, Loan Funds and Student 

Employment 51 

Activities 62 

General Information 70 

Requirements for Degrees 81 

Courses in The College 94 

Charles H. Babcock School of 

Business Administration 165 

Graduate School 176 

School of Law 177 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 182 

Summer Session 185 

Degrees Conferred 192 

Summaries 203 

Index 208 



INTRODUCING THE UNIVERSITY 

Location 

Wake Forest University is located at Winston-Salem, North 
Carolina, just off North Carolina Highway 67 (which follows 
Reynolda Road at this point), on the western outskirts of the 
city. The University consists of the following divisions: Wake 
Forest College, the School of Law, the Charles H. Babcock 
School of Business Administration, the Bowman Gray School 
of Medicine, and the Graduate School. 

Recognition 

Wake Forest University is a member of the Southern Asso- 
ciation of Colleges and Schools, the Southern University Con- 
ference, and the Association of American Colleges. The Univer- 
sity has chapters of the principal national social fraternities, 
professional fraternities and honor societies, including Phi Beta 
Kappa. 

The School of Law is a member of the Association of Ameri- 
can Law Schools, and is on the approved list of the Council on 
Legal Education of the American Bar Association. 

The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, a four-year medical 
college, is a member of the Association of American Medical 
Colleges, and is on the approved list of the Council on Medical 
Education of the American Medical Association. 

The Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration is 
a member of the American Association of Collegiate Schools 
of Business. 

Although Wake Forest was primarily a college for men for 
more than 100 years, women have been regularly admitted to 
all classes and to the professional schools since 1942. 



BOARD OF TRUSTEES 



Terms Expire December 31, 1969 

R. Knolan Benfield, Morganton Lex Marsh, Charlotte 

Rexford R. Campbell, West Jefferson James W. Mason, Laurinburg 

Mrs. Leo Carr, Burlington George W. Paschal, Jr., Raleigh 

J. Sam Holbrook, Statesville Leon L. Rice, Jr., Winston-Salem 

Joseph P. Smith, Gastonia 

Terms Expire December 31, 1970 

Claude U. Broach, Charlotte C. C. Hope. Jr.. Charlotte 

Marion J. Davis, Winston-Salem Claude A. McNeill, Jr., Elkin 

C. O. Greene, Lawndale James R. Nance, Fayetteville 

John C. Hamrick, Shelby Robert Philpott, Lexington 

James B. Turner, Jr. Raleigh 

Terms Expire December 31, 1971 

William L. Bingham, Lexington Riley M. Jordan, Raeford 

Elmer Lee Cain, Winston-Salem J. Everette Miller, Raleigh 

Thomas H. Davis, Winston-Salem Carlton S. Prickett, Burlington 

Walter E. Greer, Jr., Greensboro Samuel C. Tatum, Greensboro 

Lonnie Boyd Williams, Wilmington 

Terms Expire December, 31, 1972 

J. Donald Bradsher, Roxboro J. Edwin Collette, Winston-Salem 

Joseph Branch, Raleigh Gilmer Henry Cross, Goldsboro 

Dewey Herbert Bridger, Bladenboro Egbert L. Davis, Jr., Winston-Salem 

Jesse P. Chapman, Jr. Asheville Mrs. A. J. Lewis, Charlotte 

William W. Staton, Sanford 



Officers 

For One-Year Term Beginning January 1. 1969 

Leon L. Rice. Jr., Winston- Salem, President 

George W. Paschal, Jr., Raleigh, Vice-President 

Talcott W. Brewer, Box 267, Raleigh, Treasurer Emeritus 

John G. Williard, Box 7354, Winston-Salem, Treasurer and Assistant 

Secretary 
Mrs. Elizabeth S. Drake, Box 7226, Winston-Salem, Secretary 
Leslie E. Browder. Drawer 84, Winston-Salem, General Counsel 



* ADMINISTRATION 



James Ralph Scales (1967) President 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; M.A., Ph.D., Oklahoma. 

Edwin Graves Wilson (1946, 1951) Provost and Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. 

Thomas E. Mullen (1957) Dean of the College and 

Associate Professor of History 
B.A., Rollins; M.A., Ph.D., Emory University. 

Robert Allen Dyer (1956) Assistant Dean of the College and 

Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Louisiana State; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Thomas M. Elmore (1962) Dean of Students and Associate Professor 

of Educational and Counseling Psychology 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., George Peabody; Ph.D., Ohio State. 

Mark H. Reece (1956) Dean of Men 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Lula M. Leake (1964) Dean of Women 

B.A., Louisiana State; M.R.E., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Jeanne Owen (1956) Acting Dean of the Charles H. Babcock 

School of Business Administration 
and Professor of Business Law 
B.S., U.N.C.— Greensboro; M.C.S., Indiana; J.D., U.N. C— Chapel Hill. 

Carroll W. Weathers (1950) Dean of the School of Law 

and Professor of Law 
B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

Leon H. Corbett, Jr. (1968) Assistant to the Dean of the 

School of Law and Assistant Professor of Law 
B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

MANSON Meads (1947, 1963) Vice President for Medical Affairs, 

Dean of the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine and Professor of Medicine 

B.A., California; M.D., D.Sc, Temple. 

Robert L. Tuttle (1948) Academic Dean of the Bowman Gray School 

of Medicine and Associate Professor 
of Microbiology and Immunology 

B.S., New Hampshire; M.D., Rochester. 

Nash Herndon (1942, 1966) Associate Dean (Research Development) 

of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
and Professor of Preventive Medicine 
and Medical Genetics 
A.B., Duke; M.D., Jefferson Medical College. 

Clyde Hardy (1941) Associate Dean (Administration) of the 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

B . A . , Richmond . 

Percival Perry (1939, 1947) Dean of the Summer Session and 

Professor of History 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Duke. 



■■'■ Date following name indicates year of appointment. More than one date indicates 
separate appointments. 



Administration 



Dean of the Graduate School and 
Professor of History 



Henry Smith Stroupe (1937) 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. 

Vice President for Business and Finance 



Eugene T. Lucas (1967) 

B.A., Phillips; M.A., Denver. 

John G. Williard (1958) 



B.S., North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina. 

Joseph O. Gilliam, Jr. (1967) 

B.A., Elon. 

Harry O. Parker (1947) 



Treasurer; Assistant Secretary 
of the Board of Trustees 

Assistant to the Treasurer 



Controller of the Bowman Gray School 

of Medicine 
B.S., University of North Carolina; C.P.A., North Carolina. 



Grady S. Patterson (1924) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Mrs. Margaret R. Perry (1947) 

B.S., South Carolina 

William G. Starling (1958) 

B.B.A., Wake Forest. 

Mrs. Shirley P. Hamrick (1957) 

B.A., North Carolina. 

William M. Mackie, Jr. (1964) 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Ross A. Griffith (1966) 

B.S., Wake Forest 

Robert Clarence Beck (1959) 

B.A., Ph.D., Illinois. 

M. Henry Garrity (1964) Director of Development and Alumni Affairs 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

H. Donald Griffin, Jr. (1965) Assistant Director of Development 

and Director of the Deacon Club Foundation 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Assistant Director of Development 
and Alumni Affairs 
B.A., Wofford; LL.B., Wake Forest. 

Robert Moore Allen (1966) Assistant Director of Development and 

Alumni Affairs 

B.A., Vanderbilt. 

Jack K. Talbert (1968) 



Registrar 

Associate Registrar 

Director of Admissions and 
Financial Aid 

Associate Director of Admissions 

Associate Director of Admissions 
and Financial Aid 

Assistant Director of Admissions 

Director of the Office for Research 
and Professor of Psychology 



Charles G. Furr (1966) 



B.B.A., Wake Forest. 

Russell H. Brantley, Jr. (1953) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Marvin A. Francis (1955) 
Leon H. Hollingsworth (1959) 

B.A., D.D., Wake Forest. 

*Edgar D. Christman (1956, 1961) 



Assistant Director of Development 
and Alumni Affairs 

Director of Communications 

Director of Sports Publicity 
Chaplain 

Assistant to the Chaplain and 



Director of the Baptist Student Union 

B.A., LL.B., Wake Forest; B.D., Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., 
Union Theological Seminary. 



Absent on leave, 1968-69. 



10 



Administration 



Andrew J. Crutchfield (1968) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Virginia. 

Howard A. Jemison, Jr. (1964) 

M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Mary Ann Hampton Taylor (1961) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.D., Bowman Gray. 

Merrill G. Berthrong (1964) 



Consultant in Clinical Services 

Medical Director 

Assistant Medical Director and 
Assistant in Preventive Medicine 



Director of Libraries and Associate 
Professor of History 
B.A., Tufts; M.A., Fletchers School of Law and Diplomacy; Ph.D., Pennsylvania. 

Carlton P. West (1928) Librarian 

B.A., Boston University; M.A., Yale; B.S. in L.S., North Carolina. 

Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson (1960) Law Librarian 

A.B., Coker; B.S. in L.S., George Peabody. 



Mrs. Erika Love (1967) 

B.A., M.A. in L.S., Indiana. 

Paul M. Gross, Jr. (1959) 

B.S., Duke; Ph.D., Brown. 

John F. Reed (1963) 

A.B., Pennsylvania State; M.A. 

Charles M. Allen (1941) 



Librarian of the Bowman Gray 
School of Medicine 

Coordinator of the Honors Program and 
Associate Professor of Chemistry 

Director of Placement 

Washington and Jefferson. 



Director of Concerts and Lectures and 
Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Duke. 

Ralph Cyrus Heath (1954) Director of Management Institute and 

Professor of Marketing, Charles H. Babcock 
School of Business Administration 

A.B., Princeton; M.B.A., D.B.A., Indiana. 

J. Van Wagstaff (1964) Director of Urban Affairs Institute, and 

Associate Professor of Economics, Charles H. 
Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.A., Randolph-Macon; M.B.A., Rutgers; Ph.D., Virginia. 

G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics and Associate 

Professor of Physical Education 
B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed., North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody. 

Jesse I. Haddock (1952, 1954) 

B.S., Wake Forest. 



Richard T. Clay (1956) 

B.B.A., Wake Forest. 

Harold S. Moore (1953) 

B.M.E., Virginia. 

Royce R. Weatherly (1947) 
Melvtn Q. Layton (1951) 

B.S., Wake Forest. 

Thomas P. Griffin (1956) 



Assistant Director of Athletics 

Manager of the College Book Store 

Director of the Physical Plant 

Superintendent of Buildings 
Superintendent of Grounds 

Director of Residences 



11 



*PROFESSORS EMERITI 

Charles S. Black (1919-20; 1925-65) Professor Emeritus of Chemistry 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Virginia; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Ora C. Bradbury (1925-1961) Professor Emeritus of Biology 

B.S., Ottawa; M.A., Ph.D., Nebraska. 

Coy C. Carpenter (1926-67) Vice President Emeritus for 

Medical Affairs and Professor Emeritus of Pathology 

B.A. in Medicine, Wake Forest; M.D., Syracuse University School of Medicine. 

Forrest W. Clonts (1922-24; 1925-67) Professor Emeritus of History 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ohio State. 

Mrs. Ethel T. Crittenden (1915-1946) Librarian Emerita 

J. Allen Easley (1928-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., D.D., Furnian; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Edgar Estes Folk (1936-67) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.S., Columbia; Ph.D., George Peabody. 

Owen F. Herring (1946-1963) Professor Emeritus of Religion 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; 
D.D., Georgetown College. 

Lois Johnson (1942-1962) Dean of Women Emerita 

B.A., Meredith; M.A., North Carolina 

Hubert A. Jones (1908-1959) Professor Emeritus of Mathematics 

B.A., M.A., LL.B., Wake Forest. 

Henry Broadus Jones (1924-1959) Professor Emeritus of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Chicago 
fEuGENE I. Olive (1940-1961) Director Emeritus of Alumni Activities 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Kenneth Tyson Raynor (1926-1961) Associate Professor Emeritus 

of Mathematics 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Duke. 

Albert C. Reid (1917-18; 1920-65) Professor Emeritus of Philosophy 
B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Cornell. 

Harold Wayland Tribble (1950-67) President Emeritus 

B.A., Richmond; Th.M., Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; M.A., Louis- 
ville; Ph.D., Edinburgh; D.D. Stetson; LL.D., Union University, Wake Forest, 
Richmond, Duke, North Carolina. 



* Dates following names indicate period of service. 
t Died, March 6, 1968. 



12 






* INSTRUCTION 

Charles M. Allen Professor of Biology and Director of 

Concerts and Lectures 
(See Administration) 

Judson B. Allen (1962) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Vanderbilt, Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Edmund Pendleton Allison (1968) Assistant Professor of Classical 

Languages and Literature 
B.S., New York University; M.A., Harvard; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Ralph D. Amen (1962) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., M.A., Colorado State College; M.B.S., Ph.D., Colorado. 

John William Angell (1955) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; S.T.M., Andover 
Newton Theological School; Th.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

Andrew Lewis Aycock (1928) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Tulane. 

H. Wallace Baird (1963) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

A.B., Berea; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Eugene Pendleton Banks (1954) Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 

B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. 

James Pierce Barefield (1963) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., Rice; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

Richard Chambers Barnett (1961) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.Ed., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Harold M. Barrow (1948) Professor of Physical Education 

A.B., Westminster; M.A., Missouri; P.E.D., Indiana. 
John V. Baxley (1968) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., M.S., Georgia Tech.; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Robert Clarence Beck Professor of Psychology and 

Director of the Office for Research 

(See Administration) 

Richard Gordon Bell (1965) Professor of Law 

B.A., Kentucky; LL.B., LL.M., Western Reserve. 

Merrill G. Berthrong Associate Professor of History and Director 

of Libraries 

(See Administration) 

James Carey Blalock (1950) Associate Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., M.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Florida. 

Mrs. Kaye Shugart Bourquin (1967) Instructor in French 

B.A., Salem; M.A., Trinity. 

Sterling M. Boyd (1968) Associate Professor of Art History 

B.A., Sewanee; M.A., Oberlin; Ph.D., Princeton. 

Robert W. Brehme (1959) Professor of Physics 

B.S., Roanoke; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

F. Dale Bridgewater (1966) Instructor in German 

B.A., Wake Forest. 



* Names are arranged alphabetically. Date following names indicates year of appoint- 
ment. More than one date indicates separate appointments. 

13 



Faculty 

Dalma Adolph Brown (1941) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., North Carolina. 

David B. Broyles (1966) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Chicago; B.A., Florida; M.A., Ph.D., UCLA. 

George McLeod Bryan (1956) Professor of Religion 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Ph.D., Yale. 

Shasta M. Bryant (1966) Associate Professor of Spanish 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina 

Raymond E. Burrell (1968) Major, Artillery, U.S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 
B.A., Stetson. 

Julian C. Burroughs, Jr. (1958) Associate Professor of Speech 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Michigan. 

William E. Cage (1967) Assistant Professor of Economics, Charles 

H. Babcock School of Business Administration 
B.A., Rockford; Ph.D., Virginia 

Ruth F. Campbell (1962) Associate Professor of Spanish 

B.A., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. 

John Archer Carter, Jr. (1961) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Virginia; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Dorothy Casey (1949) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., North Carolina. 

David W. Catron (1963) Assistant Professor of Psychology and 

Associate Director of the Center for Psychological Services 

B.A., Furman; Ph.D., Peabody. 

Ronald J. Check (1968) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Washington and Jefferson; M.A., Ph.D., Vanderbilt 

Elton C. Cocke (1938) Professor, of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Raymond A. Conely (1968) Assistant Professor of Accounting, Charles 
H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.B.A., M.B.A., Texas Technological; D.B.A., Arizona State. 

Leon P. COOK, Jr. (1957) Associate Professor of Accounting, Charles 
H. Babcock School of Business Administration 
B.S., Virginia Polytechnic; M.S. Tennessee; C.P.A., Arkansas. 

Leon Henry Corbett, Jr. Assistant Professor of Law 

(See Administration) 

Cyclone* Covey (1968) Professor of History 

B.A., Ph.D., Stanford 

Marjorie Crisp (1947) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Appalachian State Teachers College; M.A., George Peabody. 

Glenn A. Dawson (1966) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., Lenoir Rhyne; M.A.T., North Carolina. 

Marcel E. Delgado (1947) Instructor in Spanish 

B.A., Carson-Newman; Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary. 

John F. Dimmick (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., M.S., Western Illinois; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Hugh William Divine (1954) Professor of Law 

B.S., Georgia State College for Men; M.A., Louisiana State; J. D., Emory; LL.M., 
S.J.D., Michigan. 

14 



Faculty 

N. Taylor Dodson (1957) Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., M.A., North Carolina; Dir. P.E., P.E.D., Indiana. 

Justus C. Drake (1946) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Wake Forest. 

Robert H. Dufort (1961) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Robert Allen Dyer Associate Professor of Religion and Assistant Dean 

(See Administration) 

John R. Earle (1963) Associate Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Cronje B. Earp (1940) Professor of Classical Languages 

and Literature 
B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Columbia. 

David R. Eckroth (1966) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.A., Franklin and Marshall; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) Assistant Professor of Physical Education; 

Swimming Coach 
B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. 

Thomas M. Elmore Associate Professor of Educational and 

Counseling Psychology and Dean of Students 
(See Administration) 

Gerald W. Esch (1965) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Colorado College; M.S., Ph.D., University of Oklahoma. 

DAVID K. Evans (1966) Assistant Professor of Sociology and 

Anthropology 
B.S., Tulane; Ph.D., California. 

Erson McGruder Faris, Jr. (1957, 1967) Professor of Law 

B.A., LL.B., Washington and Lee; LL.M., Duke. 

Jack D. Fleer (1964) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

A.B., Oklahoma Baptist; M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Walter S. Flory (1963) Babcock Professor of Botany; Director 

of Reynolda Gardens 

B.A., Bridgewater; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia; Sc.D., Bridgewater. 

Doyle Richard Fosso (1964) Assistant Professor of English 

A.B., Harvard; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Harvard. 

Ralph S. Fraser (1962) Professor of German 

B.A., Boston; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Illinois. 

LOUISA Freeman (1968) Instructor in French 

B.A., Salem; M.A., Emory. 

Roland L. Gay (1933) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., North Carolina State. 
Ivey C. Gentry (1949) Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Wake Forest; B.S., New York University; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Christopher Giles (1951) Assistant Professor of Music 

B.S., Florida Southern; M.A., George Peabody. 

Balkrishna Govind Gokhale (1960) Professor of History and 

Asian Studies 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Bombay. 

Thomas Frank Gossett (1967) Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Southern Methodist; Ph.D., Minnesota. 

Thomas Alexander Gray (1966) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., Roberts Wesleyan; M.A., New Mexico State; Ph.D., Syracuse. 

George J. Griffin (1948) Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; Th.B., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; B.D., Yale; Ph.D., 
Edinburgh. 

15 



Faculty 

Paul M. Gross, Jr. Associate Professor of Chemistry 

and Coordinator of The Honors Program 

(See Administration) 

William H. Gulley (1966) Associate Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 
B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

David Warren Hadley (1966) Instructor in History 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Harvard. 

Jerry A. Hall (1958, 1961, 1967) Associate Professor of Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ed.D., George Peabody. 

Emmett Willard Hamrick (1952) Professor of Religion 

A.B., North Carolina; Ph.D., Duke. 

Phillip J. Hamrick, Jr. (1956) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Morris Harvey; Ph.D., Duke. 

Carl V. Harris (1956) Professor of Classical Languages and Literature 
B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., S.T.M., Yale; Ph.D., Duke. 

Ysbrand Haven (1965) Professor of Physics 

Candidate, Doctorandus, Doctor, Groningen. 

Hubert W. Hawkins, Jr. (1968) Instructor in Classical Languages 

and Literature 

B.A., North Carolina. 

Merwyn A. Hayes Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.A., Macalester; M.A., Oregon; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Ralph Cyrus Heath Professor of Marketing and Director 

of Management Institute, Charles H. 
Babcock School of Business Administration 

(See Administration) 

Robert Meredith Helm (1940) Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

J. Edwin Hendricks (1961) Associate Professor of History 

B.A., Furman; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Marcus B. Hester (1963) Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

Robert P. Higgins (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., M.A., Colorado; Ph.D., Duke. 

David Allen Hills (1960) Associate Professor of Psychology and 

Director of the Center for Psychological Services 

A.B., Kansas; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

Hugh K. Himan (1965) Assistant Professor of Economics, Charles 

H. Babcock Sfihool of Business Administration 

B.A., M.A., Miami; Ph.D., Illinois. * 

Ida Masters Hollowell (1965) Instructor in English 

A.B., Greensboro College; M.A., North Carolina. 

Wesley D. Hood (1968) Assistant Professor of Education 

B.S., Univ. of Washington; M.Ed., North Dakota; Ed.D., Ball State. 

Herbert Horowitz Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Brooklyn; M.S., New School for Social Research; M.A., Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Fredric T. Howard (1966) Assistant Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., M.A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Duke. 

Mrs. Gail Walker Howard (1967) Instructor in English 

B.A., Oglethorpe; M.A., Duke. 

16 



Faculty 



Calvin R. Huber (1962) 



B.M., M.M., Wisconsin; Ph.D.. North Carolina. 



Associate Professor of Music 



Delmer P. Hylton (1949) Professor of Accounting, Charles H. 

Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.S., M.B.A., Indiana; C.P.A., Indiana. 



Hiram V. Jenkins (1966) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A.T., North Carolina. 

Teddy J. Jensen (1967) 

B.S., Auburn; M.A., Alabama. 

J. Robert Johnson, Jr. (1957) 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Alonzo W. Kenion (1956) 

A.B., M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Harry Lee King, Jr. (1960) 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Stephen E. Klesius (1968) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., M.S., Florida State; Ph.D., Louisiana State. 

Raymond E. Kuhn (1968) 

B.S., Carson Newman; Ph.D., Tennessee. 



Instructor in French 

Instructor in Spanish 

Professor of Mathematics 

Associate Professor of English 

Associate Professor of Spanish 



Assistant Professor of Biology 



Henry Conrad Lauerman (1963) Professor of Law 

B.S., U.S. Naval Academy; LL.B., LL.M., Georgetown; LL.M., Duke. 

Robert E. Lee (1946) Professor of Law 

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; M.A. in Public Law, Columbia; LL.M., S.J.D., Duke. 

Charles M. Lewis (1968) Assistant Professor of Philosophy 

B.A., Wake Forest; Ph.D., Vanderbilt; Th.M., Harvard. 



Jeanne-Henriette Louis (1968) 

Licence, Bordeaux; Agregation, Paris. 

Robert William Lovett (1962, 1968) 

B.A., Oglethorpe, M.A., Emory. 

James C. McDonald (1960) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Washington University, St. Louis; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. 



Visiting Lecturer in French 
Instructor in English 



Thane McDonald (1941) 

B.M., M.M., Michigan; Ed.D., Teachers College, Columbia 



John William McDonough 

B.A., King's; M.A., North Carolina. 

James G. McDowell (1965) 

B.A., Colgate; Ph.D., Johns Hopkins. 

J. Gaylord May (1961) 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

W. Graham May (1961) 

B.S., Wofford; M.A., Ph.D., Virginia. 

Jasper L. Memory, Jr. (1929) 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Columbia. 

Mrs. Elizabeth Merrill (1967) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Sammy R. Merrill (1967) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Harry B. Miller (1947) 

B.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 



Professor of Music 

Instructor in English 

Assistant Professor of History 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 

Associate Professor of Mathematics 

Professor of Education 

Instructor in Latin 

Instructor in German 

Professor of Chemistry 



17 



Faculty 

Carlton T. Mitchell (1961) Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale; S.T.M., Union Theological Seminary, New York; 
Ph.D., New York University. 

Wayne G. Morie (1968) Instructor in Music 

B.M., M.M., Michigan State. 

Carl C. Moses (1964) Associate Professor of Political Science 

A.B., William and Mary; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Thomas E. Mullen Associate Professor of History 

and Dean of the College 

(See Administration) 

Ronald E. Noftle (1967) Assistant Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., New Hampshire; Ph.D., Washington. 

JOHN W. Nowell (1945) Professor of Chemistry 

B.S., Wake Forest; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

JAMES C. O'Flaherty (1947) Professor of German 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Kentucky; Ph.D., Chicago. 

Aulsey Thomas Olive (1961) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Charles Chau-fei Ou (1968) Instructor in Economics, Charles H. 

Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.A., National Taiwan. 

JEANNE Owen Professor of Business Law, and 

Acting Dean of the Charles H. Babcock 
School of Business Administration 

(See Administration) 

Harold Dawes Parcell (1935) Professor of French 

B.A., North Carolina; M.A., Ph.D., Harvard. 

JOHN Ernest Parker, Jr. (1950) Professor of Romance Languages 

and Education 

B.A., Wake Forest; A.M., Ph.D., Syracuse. 

Clarence H. Patrick (1946) Professor of Sociology and Anthropology 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Andover Newton; Ph.D., Duke. 

PHILIP P. Perricone Instructor in Sociology and Anthropology 

B.S., M.A., University of Florida. 

Percival Perry Professor of History and Dean of the Summer Session 

(See Administration) 

Elizabeth Phillips (1957) Professor of English 

A.B., Woman's College, North Carolina; M.A., State University of Iowa; Ph.D., 
Pennsylvania. 

Edward H. Platte (1968) Instructor in History 

B.A., Princeton; M.A., Stanford. 

Michael L. Pollock (1967) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

B.S., Arizona; M.S., Ph.D., Illinois. 

Lee Harris Potter (1965) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Herman J. Preseren (1953) Professor of Education 

B.S., State Teachers College, California, Pennsylvania; M.A., Teachers College, 
Columbia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Gregory D. Pritchard (1968) Visiting Lecturer in Philosophy 

B.A., Oklahoma Baptist; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary 

MRS. Beulah Lassiter Raynor (1946) Assistant Professor of English 

B.A., East Carolina Teachers College; M.A., Wake Forest. 

18 



Faculty 

J. Don Reeves (1967) Associate Professor of Education 

A.B., Mercer; B.D., Th.M., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ed.D., Columbia. 

Jon M. Reinhardt (1964) Assistant Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Birmingham-Southern; M.A., Ph.D., Tulane. 

Harold C. Rhea (1968) Assistant Professor of Physical Education 

and Cross Country and Track Coach 

B.S., Midland Lutheran; M.A., Ed.D., Colorado State. 

Claud Henry Richards, Jr. (1952) Professor of Political Science 

B.A., Texas Christian; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Thomas C. Richardson, Jr. (1968) Captain, Infantry, U.S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.S., North Georgia. 

Charles L. Richman (1968) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Virginia; M.S., Yeshiva; Ph.D., Cincinnati. 

Daniel J. Richman ( 1968) Instructor in Mathematics 

B.A., Harvard; M.A., Wake Forest. 

John Ewing Roberts (1961, 1967) Instructor in Classical Languages 

B.A., Wake Forest; B.D., Yale Divinity School. 

Mrs. Mary Frances McFeeters Robinson ( 1952) Professor of French 

B.A., Wilson College; M.A., Ph.D., Syracuse. 

Paul S. Robinson (1952) Associate Professor of Music 

B.A., Westminister College; Mus.B., Curtis Institute of Music; M.Sac. Mus., D.Sac. 
Mus., School of Sacred Music, Union Theological Seminary. 

Calvin J. Roetzel (1968) Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.A., Hendrix; B.D. Southern Methodist; Ph.D. Duke. 

Karl H. Rupp (1967) Visiting Assistant Professor of German 

Matura, Staatsgymnasium, Linz; Ph.D., Innsbruck. 

Wilmer D. Sanders (1954, 1964) Associate Professor of German 

B.A., Muhlenberg; M.A., Ph.D., Indiana. 

John W. Sawyer (1956) Professor of Mathematics 

A.B., M.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Missouri. 

DONALD O. Schoonmaker (1965) Assistant Professor of 

Political Science 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Princeton. 

Howard D. Schwartz (1965) Instructor in Sociology 

and Anthropology 

B.A., MacMurray; M.A., Boston University. 

Karl Myron Scott (1955) Professor of Management, Charles H. 

Babcock School of Business Administration 

B.A., Arkansas; M.S., Iowa State College; Ph.D., Illinois. 

Richard D. Sears (1964) Instructor in Political Science 

A.B., Clark; M.A., Indiana. 

Ben M. Seelbinder (1959) Professor of Mathematics 

B.S., Mississippi Delta State College; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Bynum Gillette Shaw (1965) Lecturer in Journalism 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

Howard William Shields (1958) Professor of Physics 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Pennsylvania State: Ph.D., Duke. 

Franklin R. Shirley (1948) Professor of Speech 

B.A., Georgetown College; M.A., Columbia; Ph.D., Florida. 

19 



Faculty 

Edgar E. Shiver (1968) Sergeant First Class, U. S. Army, 

Assistant in Military Science 

Sandra I. Shockley (1964) Instructor in Physical Education 

B.S., Radford College; M.S., Tennessee. 

Richard Lee Shoemaker (1950) Professor of Romance Languages 

B.A., Colgate; M.A., Syracuse; Ph.D., Virginia. 

Robert N. Shorter (1958) Associate Professor of English 

B.A., Union College; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Michael L. Sinclair (1968) Instructor in History 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Stanford. 

James E. Sizemore (1953) Professor of Law 

B.S., East Tennessee State; LL.B., Wake Forest; LL.M., New York University. 

Mrs. Judy Jo Worley Small (1966) Instructor in English 

B.A., Duke; M.A., Pennsylvania. 

*Davtd L. Smiley (1950) Professor of History 

B.A., M.A., Baylor; Ph.D. Wisconsin. 

J. Howell Smith (1965) Assistant Professor of History 

B.A., Baylor; M.A., Tulane; Ph.D., Wisconsin. 

Henry Lawrence Snuggs (1945) Professor of English 

B.A., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., Duke. 

Henry Smith Stroupe Professor of History and 

Dean of the Graduate School 

(See Administration) 

Robert L. Sullivan (1962) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.A., Delaware; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina State. 

Samuel A. Syme, Jr. (1965) Associate Professor of Education 

A.B., Washington and Lee; A.M., Ed.D., Duke. 

*CHARLES H. TALBERT (1963) Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Howard; B.D., Southern Baptist Theological Seminary; Ph.D., Vanderbilt. 

E. Mowbray Tate (1967) Visiting Professor of History 

B.A., Whitman; Ph.D., Columbia. 

Harold C. Tedford (1965) Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.A., Ouachita; M.A., Arkansas; Ph.D., Louisiana State. 

Stanton K. Tefft (1964) Associate Professor of Sociology 

and Anthropology 

B.A., Michigan State; M.S., Wisconsin; Ph.D., Minnesota. 

Neal B. Thornton Instructor in Political Science 

B.A., Virginia. 

Mrs. Anne S. Tillett (1965) Associate Professor of Romance 

Languages 

B.A., Carson-Newman: M. A., Vanderbilt; Ph.D., Northwestern University. 

Lowell R. Tillett (1956) Professor of History 

B.A., Carson-Newman; M.A.. Columbia: Ph.D., North Carolina. 

David TiNGA (1968) Master Sergeant. U. S. Army 

Assistant in Military Science 

David A. Travland (1967) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

and Assistant Director of the Center for Psychological Services 

B.A., M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

Phyllis Lou Trible (1963) Associate Professor of Religion 

B.A., Meredith; Ph.D., Union Theological Seminary, Columbia. 
* Absent on leave, 1968-69. 

20 



Faculty 

Hugh J. Turner. Jr. (1966) Colonel, Artillery, U. S. Army; 

Professor of Military Science 

B.S., U. S. Military Academy; M.A., Boston. 

Thomas J. Turner (1952) Professor of Physics 

B.S., North Carolina; M.S., Clemson; Ph.D., Virginia. 

Lorraine Van Meter (1968) Instructor in History 

B.A., M.A., U.C.L.A. 

Marcellus E. Waddill (1962) Associate Professor of Mathematics 

B.A., Hampden-Sydney; M.A., Ph.D., Pittsburgh. 

J. Van Wagstaff Associate Professor of Economics, Charles H. 

Babcock School of Business Administration, and 

Director of Urban Affairs Institute 

(See Administration) 

Clarence Walhout (1964) Assistant Professor of English 

A.B., Calvin; M.A., Michigan; Ph.D., Northwestern. 

Westford D. Warner (1968) Captain, Armor, U. S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.S., The Citadel. 

Carroll W. Weathers Professor of Law and 

Dean of the School of Law 

(See Administration) 

Herbert H. Webber (1968) Assistant Professor of Biology 

B.S., Ph.D., British Columbia. 

James A. Webster, Jr. (1951, 1954) Professor of Law 

B.S., LL.B., Wake Forest; S.J.D., Harvard. 

THEODORE J. Weeden (1968) Assistant Professor of Religion 

B.A., Emory; B.D., Candler School of Theology, Emory; Ph.D., Claremont Graduate 
School. 

Peter D. Weigl (1968) Assistant Professor of Biology 

A.B., Williams; Ph.D., Duke. 

Eddie J. White (1967) Captain, Infantry, U. S. Army; 

Assistant Professor of Military Science 

B.A., Mercer. 

George P. Williams, Jr. (1958) Professor of Physics 

B.S., Richmond; M.S., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

John Edwin Williams (1959) Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Richmond; M.A., Ph.D., Iowa. 

Edwin Graves Wilson Professor of English and Provost 

(See Administration) 

Rolf Woldseth (1967) Assistant Professor of Physics 

M.S., Technical University of Norway; Ph.D., Washington University of St. Louis. 

Donald H. Wolfe (1968) Assistant Professor of Speech 

B.S., M.S., Southern Illinois; Ph.D., Cornell. 

John J. Woodmansee (1965) Assistant Professor of Psychology 

B.A., Westminster; M.A., Denver; Ph.D., Colorado. 

Raymond L. Wyatt (1956) Associate Professor of Biology 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.A., Ph.D., North Carolina. 

* Wilfred Buck Yearns, Jr. (1945) Professor of History 

B.A., Duke; M.A., Georgia; Ph.D., North Carolina. 

Richard L. Zuber (1962) Associate Professor of History 

B.S., Appalachian: M.A., Emory; Ph.D. Duke. 
;: Absent on leave, 1968-69. 



21 



PART TIME STAFF MEMBERS 



Alfred T. Brauer (1965) Visiting Professor of Mathematics 

Ph.D., Berlin. 

Frederick L. Bronner (1966) Visiting Professor of History 

B.S., Union College; A.M., Ph.D., Harvard. 
J. Daniel Brown (1969) Visiting Lecturer in Religion 

B.A., Lenoir Rhyne; B.D., Luthern Theological Seminary; Th.M., Princeton Theolog- 
ical Seminary. 

Sue N. Elkins (1967) Instructor in Speech 

B.A., North Carolina; MA., UNC-G. 

Mrs. Marjorie Felmet (1964) Visiting Teacher of Piano 

A.B., North Carolina; M.A., Eastman School of Music. 

Bettie Scott Gregory (1968) Instructor in Biology 

B.A., Miami University, M.S., Maine. 

Mrs. Lucille S. Harris (1957) Instructor in Piano 

B.A., B.M., Meredith. 

Mrs. Ethel Lashmit Kalter (1960) Artist in Residence, Voice 

Certificate, Westminster Choir College. 

Donald J. Lartigue (1968) Instructor in Biology 

B.S., M.S., Ph.D., Louisiana State. 

David H. Rose (1968) Visiting Lecturer in Religion 

B.A., Cincinnati; B.H.L., M.H.L., Hebrew Union. 

John W. Sanders (1968) Lecturer in Sociology 

B.A., M.A., Georgia. 

Jeannette Stone (1967) Visiting Teacher of Voice 

B.A., Wake Forest. 



22 



STAFFS OF THE LIBRARIES 



Merrill G. Berthrong, A.B., A.M., Ph.D., Director of Libraries 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library 
(General Library) 

Carlton P. West, A.B., A.M., B.S. in L.S., Librarian 

Mrs. Anne M. Nicholson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Technical Services 
Librarian. 

Minnie S. Kallam, B.A., B.S., in L.S., Reference Librarian 

Mrs. Dorothy M. Rowley, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Periodicals Librarian 

Mrs. Mary H. Day, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Circulation Librarian 

Mrs. Patricia B. Giles, A.B., M.S. in L.S., Acquisitions Librarian 

Richard J. Murdoch, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Rare Books Librarian 

William K. Ach, A.B., B.S., in L.S., Microtext Librarian 

Mrs. Bessie W. Hollingsworth, B.S., M.A., Director of the Reclassifi- 
cation Project 

MINND3 M. Huggins, B.A., B.S. in L.S., Documents Librarian 

*John R. WOODARD, Jr., B.A., Director of the Baptist Collection 

Mrs. Jeanette M. Smith, B.A., M.A. in L.S., Acting Director of the 
Baptist Collection 

James M. Nicholson, M.A., M.S. in L.S., Assistant Catalog Librarian 

Mrs. Margaret V. Shoemaker, B.S., A.B. in L.S., Assistant Catalog 
Librarian 

Mrs. Janet L. Flowers, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Assistant Reference Librarian 

Library of the School of Law 
Mrs. Vivian L. Wilson, A.B., B.S. in L.S., Librarian 

Library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

Mrs. Erika Love, B.A., M.A., in L.S., Librarian 

Mrs. Jean Beavers, B.A., M.S. in L.S., Public Services Librarian 

Janet Fisher, A.B., M.S., Technical Services Librarian 

Mrs. Diane Butzin, B.S., M.S., Special Projects Librarian 



* Absent on leave. 

23 



COACHING STAFF 



G. Eugene Hooks (1956) Director of Athletics 

B.S., Wake Forest; M.Ed, North Carolina; Ed.D., George Peabody. 

Jessie I. Haddock (1954) Associate Director of Athletics and Golf Coach 

B.S., Wake Forest. 



Calvin C. Stoll (1969) 

B.A., Minnesota. 

John W. McCloskey (1966) 

B.S., M.S., Pennsylvania. 

Neil Johnston (1966) 

B.S., Ohio State. 

Harold C. Rhea (1968) 



Football Coach 

Basketball Coach 

Baseball Coach. Asst. Basketball Coach 



Track Coach; Instructor in 
Physical Education 

B.S., Midland Lutheran; M.A., Ed.D., Colorado State. 



Leo Ellison, Jr. (1957) 

B.S., M.S., Northwestern State College. 

Thomas F. Harper (1969) 

B.A., M.A., Kentucky. 

Ronald Mills Stark (1969) 

B.S., M.A., Missouri State. 

Thomas Y. Moore (1969) 

B.A., Iowa State; M.S., Dayton. 

William J. Lewis (1969) 

B.S., East Stroudsburg State. 

Oval Lee Jaynes (1969) 
William Beattie Feathers (1961) 

B.S., Tennessee. 

William A. Packer (1965) 

B.A., Wake Forest. 

James H. Leighton, Jr. (1962) 

A.B., Presbyterian College. 

Lewis Martin (1958) 



Swimming Coach; Instructor in 
Physical Education 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Football Coach 
Assistant Football Coach 

Assistant Basketball Coach 

Tennis Coach 

Trainer 



24 



COMMITTEES OF THE FACULTY 

1969-70 

Effective September 1, 1969 

The terms of members, except where otherwise shown, expire on 
August 31 of the year indicated. Each committee selects its own chair- 
man except where the chairman is designated. All members of a com- 
mittee vote except as otherwise indicated. 

Absences 

Non-voting. Dean of the College, Registrar, Dean of Women. 
Voting. 1972 Noftle, 1971 Brehme, 1970 Crisp. 

Admissions 

Non-voting. Dean of the College, Registrar, Dean of Women, Director 

of Admissions. 

Voting. 1972 Olive, Smith; 1971 J. B. Allen, Hills; 1970 Aycock, M. F. 

Robinson. 

Advisory Council to Lower Division 

Johnson, Chairman; J. B. Allen, Angell, Baird, Barefield, Blalock, 
Brehme, Broyles, Cage, Catron, Cook, Dimmick, Dodson, Earle, Evans, 
Fleer, Fosso, Fraser, Hadley, E. W. Hamrick, Harris, Hayes, Hester, 
Himan, McDowell, J. G. May, W. G. May, Mitchell, Olive, Parker, 
Pollock, Potter, Raynor, Reeves, Roberts, P. S. Robinson, Sanders, 
Smith, Sullivan, Syme, Tefft, Trible, Walhout, G. P. Williams, Wood- 
mansee, Wyatt, Zuber. 

Athletics 

Administrative: Dean of the College, Treasurer, Faculty Chairman 
Sawyer; 1972 Burroughs, Hylton; 1971 Catron, Dodson; 1970 Angell, 
Himan. 

Buildings and Grounds 

Administrative Officials: Moore, Patterson, Williard, Wilson; 1974 Cook, 
1973 Tedford, 1972 C. M. Allen, 1971 Angell, 1970 Beck. 

Calendar 
Dean of the College, Registrar, Dean of Women. 

Curriculum 

Dean of the College, Chairman; President, Dean of the School of Busi- 
ness Administration, Registrar, and the chairman of each department of 
Wake Forest College as follows: Art, Biology, Chemistry, Classical 
Languages, Education, English, German, History, Mathematics, Military 

25 



Committees 



Science, Music, Philosophy, Physical Education, Physics, Political 
Science, Psychology, Religion, Romance Languages, Sociology and An- 
thropology, Speech. 

Executive 

Non-voting, President, Dean of Women. 

Voting. Dean of the College, Chairman; Dean of the School of Business 

Administration, and the following faculty members: 1972 Fraser, Gossett; 

1971 Miller, Mitchell; 1970 Flory, Patrick. 

Graduate Council 

Dean of the Graduate School, Chairman; Provost; Coordinator of Grad- 
uate Studies of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine; 1973 Trible; 1972 
Barnett; 1971 Cowgill, G. P. Williams; 1970 Beck; 1969 Phillips. 

Honors 

Dean of the College; Coordinator of the Honors Program, 1973 Fosso, 

1972 Fleer, 1971 Waddill, 1970 Trible. 

Library 

Librarian and the following faculty members: 1972 Boyd, Cage, Fraser, 
Gossett, J. C. McDonald, Miller, Tedford; 1971 Gulley, McDowell, W. G. 
May, Syme, A. S. Tillett; 1970 Barrow, Dufort, Harris, Hester, Moses, 
P. S. Robinson, Shields, Talbert. 

Men's Judicial Board 

1972 Hall, Woodmansee; 1971 Broyles, Fleer; 1970 Brown, Potter; six stu- 
dents elected by student body. 

Nominations 

1972 Johnson, Shields; 1971 Shirley, Smiley; 1970 Owen, J. E. Williams. 

Orientation 

Dean of the College, Chairman; Dean of Women, President of the Stu- 
dent Government or his designated representative. 

Publications 

Dean, Treasurer, Director of Communications, Faculty advisers of Old 
Gold and Black, Howler and Student; 1972 Barefield, 1971 Potter, 1970 
Bryan. 

ROTC Board 

Co-ordinator Helm, Professor of Military Science, and the following 
faculty members: 1972 Zuber, 1971 Hester, 1970 Heath. 

Schedule 

Non-voting. Dean of the College, Registrar. 

Voting. 1974 Gay, 1973 Dufort, 1972 Hendricks, 1971 Heath, 1970 J. G. 

May. 

26 



Committees 



Scholarships and Student Aid 

Dean of the College, Dean of Women, Director of Admissions, and the 
following faculty members: 1972 Hayes, Syme; 1971 Owen, G. P. Wil- 
liams; 1970 E. W. Hamrick, Seelbinder. 

Student Affairs 

Non-voting. President, Dean of the College, Dean of Women, Chaplain, 

Director of Concerts and Lectures. 

Voting. 1972 Crisp, Reeves, Reinhardt; 1971 Himan, Walhout, Zuber; 

1970 Barnett, Dodson, Gulley. 

Teacher Education 

Parker, Stroupe, Wilson; 1972 Campbell, W. G. May; 1971 Hendricks, 
J. C. McDonald; 1970 Barrow, Carter. 

Faculty Marshals 

1972 Johnson, 1970 Huber. 

University Senate 

President, Provost, Vice President for Business and Finance, Dean of 
the College, Dean of the School of Law, Dean of the Bowman Gray 
School of Medicine, Dean of the School of Business Administration, 
Dean of the Graduate School, Director of Libraries, Director of Develop- 
ment, and the following: 

Representatives of Wake Forest College: 1972 Barnett, Hills; 1971 
Carter, Nowell; 1970 Turner, J. E. Williams; 1969 Gentry, Kenion. 
Representatives of the School of Law: 1971 Lee; 1969 Sizemore. 
Representatives of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine: 1972 Prichard; 

1971 Bo; 1970 Hayes; 1969 Cowgill. 

Representatives of the School of Business Administration: 1971 Scott; 
1969 Hylton. 

Representatives of the Graduate School: 1972 Shields; 1971 Flory; 1970 
Sulkin; 1969 Amen. 



27 



THE UNIVERSITY AND ITS EQUIPMENT 

Historical Sketch 

Historical Background. The history of the founding of Wake 
Forest College is inseparable from the history of the formation 
of the Baptist State Convention. One of the two main purposes 
which led to the organization of the convention in 1830 was to 
establish an educational institution that would give training 
under Christian influences and provide educated ministers and 
laymen. 

Immediately after the formation of the Baptist State Con- 
vention, Dr. Samuel Wait, serving as agent for the Convention, 
began an intensive four-year educational campaign among the 
Baptists of the State. Two years later, in 1832, the Convention 
purchased from Dr. Calvin Jones a 600-acre farm sixteen miles 
north of Raleigh, to be used as a site for the proposed school. 

Wake Forest Institute. Under the authorization of a charter 
granted by the State Legislature in December 1833, the school 
was opened as Wake Forest Institute on February 3, 1834, with 
Dr. Wait as principal. Although the primary purpose was to 
give collegiate instruction in the arts and sciences, for five 
years the Wake Forest Institute operated as a manual labor 
school, attracting liberal patronage from the large planters of 
the State, who wished their sons to receive practical training in 
agriculture, along with education in the liberal arts. In 1836 
the enrollment had increased from the original 16 to 141. 

The College. The manual labor feature was abandoned at the 
close of the year 1838, and the institution was rechartered in 
December 1838 as Wake Forest College. 

With teachers who were graduates of Columbia College, 
Brown University, and Dartmouth College, and with a liberal 
arts curriculum that was standard for the time, Wake Forest 
College conferred the degree of Bachelor of Arts upon four 
young men in June 1839. 

From 1839 to 1894 the College operated exclusively as a 
college of liberal arts; the School of Law was established in 
June 1894, the School of Medicine in May 1902, the School of 
Business Administration in 1948, the Division of Evening 
Classes in 1957,* and the Division of Graduate Studies in 
1961. In 1942 the College became co-educational. 

* This Division was discontinued June 30, 1964. 

28 



Historical Sketch 



The College has given instruction to many thousands of stu- 
dents and has sent them into varied fields of service. Among 
these have been a large number of ministers, missionaries, 
lawyers, physicians, educators, writers, scientists, businessmen, 
farmers, and influential leaders in governmental affairs. From 
the beginning the College has made marked contributions to 
Christianity, to culture, and to a higher type of citizenship 
generally, in accordance with the original purpose of the found- 
ers of the institution. 

In 1946 the Trustees of the College and the Baptist State 
Convention accepted an offer made by the Z. Smith Reynolds 
Foundation to give the College $350,000 annually in perpetuity 
for operation of the school on condition that it be moved to 
Winston-Salem and that other friends of the College provide a 
campus site and buildings. This decision was made three years 
after the College had undertaken an Enlargement Program to 
provide much needed buildings and other physical facilities on 
the old campus. 

The late Charles H. Babcock and his wife, the late Mary 
Reynolds Babcock, contributed a part of the beautiful Reynolda 
Estate for the new campus. Groundbreaking ceremonies were 
held on October 15, 1951, with the President of the United 
States delivering the principal address. The following spring 
actual construction began. Accompanying the construction was 
intensive fund-raising. In 1955 the Z. Smith Reynolds Founda- 
tion increased its annual payments to the College to $500,000. 
The actual move from Wake Forest to Winston-Salem took 
place in May and June of 1956. The Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine of the College had been moved to Winston-Salem 
in 1941 when it received the resources of the Bowman Gray 
Foundation. 

Summer School opened on the new campus on June 18, 1956, 
the fall term on September 11 and formal dedication exercises 
were held on October 18. The old campus and buildings at Wake 
Forest were sold to the Southern Baptist Convention for use 
of the Southeastern Baptist Theological Seminary which now 
occupies the campus. 

The University 
By reason of the growth and development of the College, 
and because of the expansion of its program not only in its 

29 



Historical Sketch 



professional and graduate schools but also in the College of 
Arts and Sciences, the name of the College was changed to Wake 
Forest University, effective June 12, 1967. 

Administration and Instruction. The University is governed 
by a Board of Trustees which is elected by the North Carolina 
Baptist Convention. The Board has thiry-six members who 
serve four-year terms, with nine being chosen each year at the 
annual convention. 

During its history of 132 years the College has been headed 
by a total of ten presidents, the administrations of four of these 
(Dr. Washington Manly Wingate, Dr. Charles E. Taylor, Dr. 
William Louis Poteat and Dr. Thurman D. Kitchin) covering 
a total of 88 years. The complete list of presidents,* with the 
dates of their administrations, follows: 

Samuel Wait, D.D 1834-45 

William Hooper, D.D., LL.D 1845-49 

John Brown White, M.A 1849-54 

Washington Manly Wingate, D.D 1854-79 

Thomas Henderson Pritchard, D.D 1879-82 

Charles Elisha Taylor, D.D., LL.D 1884-1905 

William Louis Poteat, LL.D., Litt.D 1905-27 

Francis Pendleton Gaines, Ph.D., Litt.D., LL.D 1927-30 

Thurman D. Kitchin, M.D., LL.D., F.A.C.P 1930-50 

Harold Wayland Tribble, M.A., Th.M., Th.D., 

Ph.D., D.D., LL.D 1950-67 

James Ralph Scales, M.A., Ph.D 1967- 

The growth and progress of the College are due in no small 
degree to the leadership of its presidents! and to the faculty 
of instruction, many of whom have rendered distinguished ser- 
vice for 30 years or more. These include: Dr. William Bailey 
Royall, professor of Greek, 6*2 years; Dr. William Louis Poteat, 
Biology, 55 years; Dr. Benjamin F. Sledd, English, 50 years; 
Prof. Edgar W. Timberlake, Law, 50 years; Dr. J. Hendren 
Gorrell, Modern Languages, 45 years; Dr. Hubert McNeill 
Poteat, Latin, 44 years; Dr. Needham Y. Gulley, Law, 44 years; 
Dr. George W. Paschal, Classical Languages, 43 years; Dr. W. 
R. Cullom, Religion, 42 years. Dr. D. B. Bryan served as Pro- 

* During the years 1832-84, William Bailey Royall, B.A., M.A., D.D. (Professor of 
Greek), served as chairman of the Faculty. 

t Those interested in more specific information are referred to the three-volume History 
of Wake Forest College by Dr. George W. Paschal. 

30 



Purposes and Objectives 



fessor of Education for 36 years and Dean of the College for 
34 years. Mr. Elliott B. Earnshaw served as Bursar for 45 years. 
Of the present faculty, eighteen have served more than thirty 
years, including the following who became emeriti after serving 
thirty-five years or more: Prof. Hubert A. Jones taught Mathe- 
matics for 51 years; Dr. Henry Broadus Jones, English, 35 
years; Dr. Ora C. Bradbury, Biology, 36 years; Dr. J. Allen 
Easley, Religion, 35 years; Prof. Kenneth T. Raynor, Mathe- 
matics, 35 years; Dr. A. C. Reid, Philosophy, 46 years; Dr. 
Charles S. Black, Chemistry, 41 years; Prof Forrest W. Clonts, 
History, 44 years; Dr. Edgar E. Folk, English, 31 years; and 
Dr. Coy C. Carpenter, Medicine, 41 years. Mrs. Ethel Taylor 
Crittenden retired in 1946 after 31 years as Librarian. In a 
word, the University has enlisted and retained throughout their 
teaching careers men who have devoted themselves to the Uni- 
versity and to its ideals of culture and Christian leadership. 



Purposes and Objectives 

As an institution founded by the Baptist State Convention 
of North Carolina, Wake Forest University seeks to shape its 
goals, policies, and practices by Christian ideals. It seeks to 
help its students become mature, well-informed and responsible 
persons. It seeks to introduce its students to the cultural 
heritage of our times, through a broad study of the humanities, 
the natural and social sciences and mathematics, and through 
a concentration in at least one academic discipline. It seeks to 
develop in its students the ability to think honestly and clearly, 
to use the English language correctly, and to use at least one 
foreign language effectively. It seeks to assist its students in 
building a system of values which takes full account of the 
things of the spirit as well as things material that they may 
become constructive and useful members of society. Finally, 
it seeks to aid its students in achieving for themselves a vital 
and relevant faith. 

These purposes underlie the total academic program of the 
University. Through them the University seeks to prepare its 
students for careers in teaching, the ministry, law, medicine, 
business, research, and other professions. 

31 



Religious Program 



Religious Program 

Wake Forest University recognizes that to call itself Christian 
is to declare a purpose and express an ideal rather than to claim 
an accomplishment. The University attempts to maintain a 
wholesome Christian atmosphere in which students are given 
every encouragement to develop their spiritual lives to the 
highest potential. The programs incident to this effort center 
in the office of the Chaplain to the University. The Chaplain 
seeks to interpret the place of religion in culture and society 
and, particularly, the significance of Christian Education. He 
seeks to minister to students and faculty in all ways. In addi- 
tion, he serves the University in helping to develop effective 
communications with its constituency. The Chaplain's office also 
encourages students to translate their worship into effective 
Christian living. A varied program of activities is offered to 
challenge their interests and meet their needs. 

A cooperative ministry is maintained in which several full- 
time and several part-time campus ministers are active. Except 
for the Chaplain to Baptist students, who is employed by the 
University, other members of the University Interdenomina- 
tional Ministry are maintained by their several denominations. 
Under the general direction of the University Chaplain the Asso- 
ciated Denominational Chaplains work together as a group in 
some of their ministries and as the particular advisor and coun- 
selor to students of their own denominations in others. 

Wait Chapel is the center of the campus both physically and 
symbolically. It is a beautiful and inspiring testimony to the 
place of religion in the well-balanced life. Its beautiful sanctuary 
is the scene for twice-weekly assembly of the student body. 
Programs are under the direction of the University Chaplain, 
assisted by a committee of students who are selected for the 
task by their fellow students. The philosophy of the chapel is 
the philosophy of community and the programs attempt to 
reflect this philosophy, giving place to the interests, needs and 
opportunities of the community. Widely varied in nature, they 
provide worship opportunities for students and faculty, the 
presentation of great ideas within the context of spiritual values, 
the exposition of issues and personalities important to the cur- 
rent scene, and, in a very real sense, constitute one way in which 
the University keeps constantly before itself and its constit- 

32 



Religious Program 



uency its own proclamation of faith in and commitment to the 
Christian Gospel. While students are in no sense required to 
embrace any ideas and beliefs which may be presented in these 
programs, attendance is required by all students and their 
respectful and courteous attention is expected. 

Traditionally, the student body has been cosmopolitan, not 
only in terms of the communities and states from which the 
students come, but also in terms of background, outlook and 
religious affiliation. Wake Forest believes in individual freedom, 
not as a right, but as a responsibility . . . freedom to be and, 
more important, to become. Attendance at Wake Forest is a 
privilege, not a right. The University's traditions and principles, 
accepted by each student in his act of voluntary registration, 
evolve from the core of this concept of freedom and responsi- 
bility that are indivisible. Therefore, it is presumed that the 
student who elects to come to Wake Forest does so with the 
intent of being, in fact and spirit, a cooperating member of this 
community. 

In keeping with a tradition dating back to 1835, there is a 
Baptist church on the campus which meets in regular services 
each Sunday in the Chapel. This church provides all the minis- 
tries and services common to Baptist churches. Its membership 
is open with respect to race and it welcomes members from any 
Christian church, permitting where the individual desires it, 
such membership on an unrestricted basis without requiring that 
prior church relationships be severed. Though not officially a 
part of the University the church is a vital part of the University 
community and offers a most cordial welcome to faculty and 
students alike. 

In addition, every encouragement is given to students to avail 
themselves of the ministries and opportunities provided by the 
churches of Winston-Salem. 

Academically, the University has a Department of Religion, 
full information concerning which may be found elsewhere in 
this catalogue.* A minimum of six hours in Religion is required 
of all students for graduation. 



* Religion 362 is made available by assistance from the Jewish Chautauqua Society 
through the generous support of the Charles E. Merrill Trust. 

33 



Endowment 



Endowment, Trust Funds and Foundations 

In 1865 the endowment fund of Wake Forest University 
was $11,700, the remnant from the wreck of war. Under the 
terms of the will of Mr. Jabez A. Bostwick, the endowment 
was increased, in 1923, by stock valued at about $1,500,000. 
On August 3, 1939, the resources of the Bowman Gray Founda- 
tion were awarded to Wake Forest College, to be used exclu- 
sively by the School of Medicine. 

Under the terms of the will of Colonel George Foster Hankins 
of Lexington, North Carolina, who died in 1954, the George 
Foster Hankins Foundation was established, the income to be 
used for scholarships. The assets of the Foundation on June 30, 
1968, were approximately $1,500,000. 

The Ford Foundation in 1956 made two gifts to the endow- 
ment of the College, the sum of $680,500 for the School of Arts 
and Sciences and $1,600,000 for the Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine. 

The Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation made gifts, in 1958 
and 1962, of the Reynolda Gardens and an endowment with the 
total value of approximately $1,500,000. In 1965 the College 
received an additional gift of land on which a plant of the 
Western Electric Company is located. This gift, valued at 
$3,500,000, is to be used for the support of the Library and the 
Chair of Botany. 

In 1965, 1966, and 1967 a gift totaling $1,000,000, the income 
from which is to be used to support the Library, was received 
from Mrs. Nancy Reynolds. 

Under the terms of the will of Guy T. Carswell of Charlotte, 
North Carolina, who died in 1966, the University will receive 
approximately $2,000,000 in endowment the income from which 
is to be used for scholarships. 

On June 30, 1968 all endowment funds controlled by the 
University had a book value of $19,725,000 and market value 
of $37,129,000. 

In addition to the endowment funds controlled by the 
Trustees, various trust funds are held by banks for the benefit 
of the University. Among these are the James A. Gray Trust 
Fund, the Mary K. Fassett Trust Fund, and the Lucy Teague 
Fassett Memorial Trust Fund. 

The Trustees of The Z. Smith Reynolds Foundation, Inc. 

34 



Academic Buildings 



and The Trustees of Wake Forest College entered into a con- 
tract on November 16, 1946, whereby the Foundation made 
available to the College income of the Foundation up to 
$350,000 per year in perpetuity, this sum being increased to 
$500,000 in 1955. In 1965, the Foundation announced a match- 
ing grant of $3,000,000 for a period of four years. Income from 
this grant is being added to the $500,000 annual grant. 

Buildings and Grounds 

Wake Forest University is situated on approximately 320 
acres of land, and the physical plant consists of 30 buildings, 
including 12 apartment buildings for faculty and married stu- 
dents. The property was given to the University by the Mary 
Reynolds Babcock Foundation and Mr. Charles H. Babcock, 
and construction of the new campus was begun in 1952. It 
was occupied for the first time during the 1956 summer session. 
The buildings are of modified Georgian architecture and con- 
structed of Old Virginia brick trimmed in granite and limestone. 
Situated on beautifully landscaped hills, the campus is one 
of the most attractive in the South. 

The Reynolda Gardens annex, consisting of 148 acres and 
including Reynolda Woods, Reynolda Village, and Reynolda 
Gardens, is adjacent to the campus on the south. This tract 
includes a formal garden, greenhouses, parking areas, a lake, 
and a wooded area with trails. The formal garden features one 
of the finest collections of Japanese cherry trees in the United 
States. This area of natural beauty was a gift to the College 
from the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foundation through transfers 
made in 1958, 1961, and 1963. 

Academic Buildings 

Wait Chapel. Named in memory of the first President of 
Wake Forest College, Wait Chapel faces toward the south over- 
looking the plaza, with Reynolda Hall in the foreground and 
men's dormitories at right and left. 

Wingate Hall. This building is attached to Wait Chapel and 
is used by the Departments of Music and Religion and Wake 
Forest Baptist Church. Wingate Hall is named in honor of 
Washington Manly Wingate, President of Wake Forest College, 
1854-1879. 

35 



Academic Buildings 



Reynolda Hall. This building serves both as an administra- 
tion building and a student center. Food services are centralized 
in Reynolda Hall and consist of a cafeteria, snack shop, banquet 
room, the Magnolia Room, and other smaller dining rooms. The 
University Computer Center is located in the basement. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library. Situated at the center of 
the academic campus, this building contains space for eight 
tiers of book stacks, with a capacity of about one million 
volumes. Surrounding the book stacks are four floors of rooms 
for reading, reference, and various other uses of a modern 
library. The University Theatre is located on the top level of 
the Library. 

Salem Hall. Directly west of the Library, this three-story 
building contains laboratories, classrooms, and offices for the 
Departments of Chemistry and Physics. 

Winston Hall. Located just west of Salem Hall, this building 
was occupied in September 1961. It provides instructional and 
office space for the Departments of Biology and Psychology. 

The W. N. Reynolds Gymnasium. Located just east of Rey- 
nolda Hall, this building is equipped with classrooms for 
instruction in physical education, courts for basketball and 
other indoor sports, a swimming pool, and offices for the Depart- 
ment of Physical Education and the Department of Athletics. 
Surrounding the Gymnasium are sports fields and courts for 
tennis, track, soccer, football, and field hockey. Memorial Coli- 
seum is used for intercollegiate basketball games. The Depart- 
ment of Military Science is also housed in this building. 

Law Building. This is a four-story structure which contains 
classrooms, offices, a moot court, an assembly room, a library, 
a student lounge, and other specific use rooms. 

Harold W. Tribble Hall. This building accommodates the 
social sciences and the humanities and contains instructional 
and office space, a small projection theatre, the philosophy 
library, a curriculum materials center, the Honors seminar room, 
and a main lecture room which seats 200. 

Charles H. Babcock Hall. To be occupied in September 1969, 
this building contains offices and classrooms for the Charles H. 

36 



Student Residences 



Babcock School of Business Administration and the Depart- 
ment of Mathematics. This building contains a variety of in- 
structional spaces, including amphitheatres, seminar rooms, a 
reading room, and a faculty seminar lounge. All classrooms are 
equipped for full audio-visual use. 

Student Residences 

Housing for Men. Bordering the plaza are four quadrangles 
of houses for men with accommodations for 1500 students. The 
houses are named in honor of Charles Elisha Taylor, William 
Louis Poteat, and Thurman Delna Kitchin, former Presidents 
of Wake Forest College, and Egbert Lawrence Davis, a bene- 
factor of the College. Connecting Poteat and Taylor Houses 
with the Chapel are Efird Hall and Huffman Hall, named in 
honor of J. B. Efird of Charlotte, and Frank Huffman of Mor- 
ganton, respectively. Facing the plaza are a number of com- 
mercial shops, including a branch post office and the College 
Book Store. 

Dormitories for Women. Three dormitories for women are 
located on the south end of the campus facing Reynolda Hall. 
These are named in honor of Jabez A. Bostwick, one of the 
early benefactors of the College, Miss Lois Johnson, first Dean 
of Women, and Mary Reynolds Babcock. Mrs. Babcock and her 
husband, the late Charles H. Babcock, were among the chief 
benefactors of the College. 

The Power Plant. This building is located on a lower level 
northwest of the athletic fields and is connected by tunnels 
with all buildings on the campus. Modern in design, it furnishes 
heat and hot water for all buildings and is the basis for the air 
conditioning system installed in several facilities. 

The Maintenance Building. Located next to the Power Plant, 
this houses offices and equipment for buildings, grounds, and 
maintenance. 



37 



Libraries 

Libraries 

In its libraries the University holds 342,212 printed volumes, 
distributed as follows: the Z. Smith Reynolds Library (general), 
252,421; the Library of the School of Law, 37,134; and the 
Library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine, 52,657. In- 
cluded are 37,756 volumes of United States Government docu- 
ments, the Z. Smith Reynolds Library being an official, although 
selective, depository. A rapidly growing microtext collection is 
maintained: there are 9,958 reels of microfilm, including runs 
of local, national, and foreign newspapers; and 94,110 pieces 
of microprint, which include substantial items like the British 
Parliamentary Papers and the Human Relations Area File. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library is intended to provide ade- 
quate support for a liberal arts curriculum and a limited, al- 
though expanding, graduate program. Moderate emphasis has 
been placed on North Carolina and Southeastern materials; 
and a Baptist Collection, now containing more than 7,000 items 
which include files of Baptist serials and individual church 
records, is maintained. 

The Library enjoys the income from an endowment fund 
of about $4,500,000, the result of two major gifts: a donation of 
assets worth $3,500,000 by the Mary Reynolds Babcock Foun- 
dation in 1965; and a gift of $1,000,000 made in 1967 by Mrs. 
Nancy Reynolds. The income is applied more particularly to 
the expansion of the book stock as a support for graduate 
studies. However, a part has been used initially to finish two 
stack levels with accessory carrels; to provide two student 
lounges, in which the art collection of the College Union is 
displayed; to provide a new Periodicals Room; and to furnish 
a room for the Baptist Collection, hitherto without quarters 
of its own. 

The Z. Smith Reynolds Library is in the later stages of 
reclassifying its collection according to the Library of Congress 
schedules, a change which is producing a better arrangement 
of books and an acceleration of book processing. An open-stack 
policy enables users to consult books directly at the shelves, 
and copying facilities are available at nominal cost. Current 
issues and bound volumes of periodicals in chemistry and 
physics are shelved in Salem Hall for convenience in laboratory 
research. 

38 



Libraries 

Other gifts have enriched the University library collections. 
Mr. Tracy McGregor provided a collection of valuable titles on 
the colonial and early national periods of American history. 
To acquire important editions of Edmund Spenser and related 
background material, a contribution was made by Dr. Charles 
G. Smith of Baylor University in honor of his wife, Cornelia 
Marschall Smith. Dr. Herman Harrell Home established a fund 
for the purchase of titles of a general nature. 

Dr. Charles Lee Smith of Raleigh bequeathed to the Univer- 
sity his personal library of about 7,000 volumes, rich in first 
editions; while a bequest from his brother, Oscar T. Smith of 
Baltimore, affords additional purchases of similar volumes. 

The Paschal Collection was established Christmas 1950 by 
Dr. George W. Paschal Jr., 1927, Raleigh surgeon, in recogni- 
tion of the interest in the Library manifested by his father, 
George Washington Paschal, and also in memory of his father's 
twin brother, Robert Lee Paschal. The Collection is regularly 
enlarged and, although heterogeneous in nature, primarily con- 
tains material relating to the humanities. The aim of the founder 
of the Collection is to add to the working efficiency of the 
Library. While this collection is principally supported by the 
donor, it has also received and welcomes contributions from 
interested friends. A special bookplate is used for items acquired 
for the Collection. 

The Library of the School of Law contains 37,134 volumes, 
including the reports, digests, and statutes required by the 
American Association of Law Schools, together with the leading 
periodicals, encyclopedias, and textbooks. 

The Library of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine is a 
collection of 52,657 volumes containing the periodicals, texts, 
and monographs necessary to instruction and research in 
medical theory and practice. 

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar houses carefully selected 
books for the use of advanced students in philosophy. Although 
not supported by library funds, but by an endowment given 
by Dr. B. W. Spilman and by the A. C. Reid Philosophy Fund, 
it forms a valuable part of the book resources of the University. 

The Library of the Military Science Department, located in 
the Gymnasium, has available for student use over 2,000 books 
and periodicals. In addition to major military conflicts involving 

39 



The Piedmont University Center 



the United States, the material covers such subjects as com- 
munism, the "Cold War", counterinsurgency, and anti-guerrilla 
warfare, as well as foreign policy, nuclear warfare, and space 
activities. 

Art Museum 

The Museum of Art is made up mainly of the T. J. Simmons 
Collection, presented to the College by the late Dr. Thomas 
Jackson Simmons of Gainesville, Ga., and formally opened to 
the public on June 2, 1941. Including some additions, there 
are about sixty paintings, thirty-five etchings and lithographs, 
five pieces of sculpture, and several other art objects in the 
collection. 

The Museum was enriched in 1957 by three paintings from 
the Hammer Galleries given by Mr. Arnold Kirkeby, and in 
1960 by two paintings given by Mr. Clark Hartwell and three 
by Mrs. April Ruth Akston. Nearly all of the paintings are 
hung in public areas of various buildings on the campus. 

The Piedmont University Center 

Wake Forest University is a member of the Piedmont Uni- 
versity Center of North Carolina, Incorporated, founded in 
March 1963 as a coordinating agency in the field of Higher 
Education. Center membership includes twenty liberal arts 
colleges and universities located chiefly in the Piedmont area 
of North Carolina. From the first months of its existence the 
Center's headquarters have been located at Reynolda House 
in Winston-Salem. The Center is headed by an Executive Direc- 
tor, and its Board of Directors consists of the Presidents of the 
twenty member institutions. 

Through programs of interinstitutional cooperation, the Cen- 
ter seeks to assist its member colleges (a) to enrich and expand 
their present educational programs; (b) to increase the effec- 
tiveness of certain services, such as library and audio-visual, and 
(c) to achieve greater economy in the total business operation. 



40 



ADMISSION 

A candidate for undergraduate admission to Wake Forest 
University must furnish testimonials of good moral character, 
must present evidences of educational achievement represented 
by graduation from an accredited public high school or an 
accredited private secondary school, and must present a score 
(senior year preferred) on the Scholastic Aptitude (Morning) 
Test of the College Entrance Examination Board. The record of 
the work done by the applicant in high school or in a private 
secondary school and the recommendations of the school official 
must be sent direct to the Director of Admissions of Wake 
Forest College (division of arts and sciences) by an official of 
the school, and the test scores must be sent from the test 
center. They may not be submitted by the applicant. 

Information about the times and places at which the College 
Board test may be taken and an application for taking the test 
may be secured from the high school or from College Entrance 
Examination Board, Box 592, Princeton, New Jersey 08540. 

Careful consideration will be given to the applicant's academic 
records, scores on tests, and evidences of character, purpose in 
life, and general fitness for college life. The University reserves 
the right to reject any application without explanation. 

An applicant for admission who has attended another college 
must be a graduate of a standard junior college or must furnish 
a certificate of honorable dismissal stating that the applicant is 
eligible in all respects to re-enter the college last attended, and 
must have an overall average of at least C on all college work 
attempted.* These are minimum requirements for consideration. 

The applicant should fill out and return as early as practical 
the student's part of the application, and should then give to 
the high school principal, superintendent, or other appropriate 
school official the other parts to be completed and sent to the 
Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College for the attention 
of the Committee on Admissions. 

An application fee of $10.00 to cover the cost of processing 
the application is required. This should accompany the appli- 
cation and will not be applied to later charges or refunded, in 

* Please see academic requirements for graduation, especially for one who has attended 
more than one college before applying for admission to Wake Forest College. 

41 



Admission 



the event of failure to be admitted or of cancellation of the 
application. 

If possible, the completed application should be sent at least 
eight months prior to the date on which the applicant hopes to 
enroll in Wake Forest College, but not before September 15 
of the applicant's senior year in high school. Except in case 
of emergency, the final date for making application for the 
spring semester is January 15; for the fall semester, August 15. 

The minimum prescribed requirements for admission to all 
degrees are as follows: 

English 4 units 

One Foreign Language 2 units 

History (Social Studies) 2 units 

Mathematics: 

Algebra iy 2 or 2 units 

Geometry 1 unit 

Electives to bring the total to 16 units 

A student who is admitted from another college before fully 
meeting the minimum prescribed requirements outlined above 
for entering freshmen must remove the entrance conditions 
during the first year at Wake Forest. 

When an applicant has received notice of acceptance for 
admission or readmission to Wake Forest College, an admis- 
sion deposit of $50.00 must be sent to the Director of Admissions 
of Wake Forest College not later than three weeks after the 
notice of acceptance is mailed. (Make checks payable to Wake 
Forest University.) Failure to pay this deposit within three 
weeks will be considered as indicating that the applicant does 
not intend to enter Wake Forest College. This deposit will be 
credited toward the applicant's college fees. It will be refunded, 
if the application for admission or re-admission is cancelled by 
the applicant and a written request for refund is received by 
the Director of Admissions of Wake Forest College not later 
than June 1 for the fall semester or November 1 for the spring 
semester. Refunds will not be made after these dates. 

If a student is accepted for admission or re-admission after 
June 1 for the fall semester or after November 1 for the spring 
semester, the admission deposit is due within two weeks of the 
date of acceptance. Deposits made after June 1 and November 
1 are not refundable. 



42 



Advanced Placement 



No deposit is required of a student who expects to enroll 
for the summer session only. 

The Early Decision Plan 

This plan is available to well qualified high school students 
who at the close of their junior years have definitely decided 
that their first choice college is Wake Forest. An Early Decision 
Agreement is required with each application. 

The application for early decision must be filed by October 
1 of the applicant's senior year in high school. It must include 
the high school record through the junior year, scores on the 
Scholastic Aptitude Test of the College Entrance Examination 
Board and scores on three achievement tests (the Writing 
Sample is not acceptable) : (1) English Composition, (2) Math- 
ematics or foreign language, (3) one to be chosen by the 
applicant. Preferably, these tests should be taken in March or 
May of the junior year. 

In early November, the Committee on Admissions will make 
decisions on completed applications. If an applicant is accepted, 
the required deposit must be paid not later than January 1. 
Those not admitted by early decision will be asked to submit a 
senior year Scholastic Aptitude Test score and the first semes- 
ter's grades of their senior year, or they will be advised to apply 
elsewhere. 

Advanced Placement 

Wake Forest University recognizes college-level work done 
in high school by giving credit and placement on the basis of 
Advanced Placement Examinations of the College Entrance 
Examination Board and such pertinent supplementary infor- 
mation as may be available. 

Exceptionally qualified applicants for advanced standing may 
receive exemption from some basic courses with credit on the 
authorization of the department concerned. For the purposes 
of computing quality point ratios, etc., credit gained by ad- 
vanced standing examination is treated as credit transferred to 
Wake Forest College from another college. 



43 



Advanced Standing 



Admission to Advanced Standing 

Courses satisfactorily completed in other accredited colleges 
are accepted under the regulations that have been adopted by 
the faculty for the approval of such courses. In general, how- 
ever, no credit is allowed for courses not found in the curriculum 
of Wake Forest College. All credits allowed for advanced stand- 
ing are held in suspense until the candidate has spent one term 
in residence. The minimum residence requirement for a bacca- 
laureate degree is two academic years — the senior year and 
one other. 



44 



UNIVERSITY CHARGES AND FINANCIAL 
ARRANGEMENTS 

Statements in this Bulletin concerning expenses are not to be 
regarded as forming an irrevocable contract between the student 
and the University. The University reserves the right to change 
without notice the cost of instruction at any time within the 
student's term of residence. 

Charges are due in full not later than the date of registration. 
Information concerning payment will be sent to all students 
prior to the beginning of each semester. 

Faculty regulations require that a student's University ac- 
count must be settled in full before he is entitled to receive his 
grades, a transcript of his record, a diploma, or to register for 
the succeeding semester. 



Wake Forest College and School of Business 
Administration 

Charges for the 1969-1970 School Year 

MEN Per Semester Per Year 

Tuition* $625 $1,250 

Activity Fee 2 75 150 

Dormitory Room Rental 

(double room each) 130 260 

$830 $1,660 

Other Room Rentals (per semester) : 

Single Room $155 

Double Room Occupied as Single 180 

Triple Room (each) 95 

WOMEN Per Semester Per Year 

Tuition (See footnote for men) $625 $1,250 

Activity Fee (See footnote for men) 75 150 

Dormitory Room Rental 

(double room each) 140 280 

$840 $1,680 

Other Room Rentals (per semester) : 

Single Room $165 

Double Room Occupied as Single 190 

Deduct admission deposit or reservation deposit ($50.00 each) from 
above charges, if such deposits are paid. See pages 46, 47. 

t tcnnn*"*" 1 " 5 students (those enrolled for less than 12 semester hours) pay a flat charge 

of >so .00 pe r semester hour in lieu of tuition. Part-time students are not entitled to claim 

the designated scholarships listed on page 57 nor are they entitled to free admission to 

athletic contests, receipt of publications or infirmary privileges, as are full-time students. 

2 The activity fee is not charged to part-time students. 

45 



Charges 

The activity fee covers such items as would normally require 
the payment of a fee, namely, libraries, laboratories, admission 
to all intercollegiate athletic contests at Wake Forest Univer- 
sity, and to certain student activities, including religious and 
dramatic organizations, the College Union, cost of student pub- 
lications, consisting of the yearbook, The Howler, the student 
newspaper, Old Gold & Black, and a literary magazine, the 
Student. It further provides for the attendance of the University 
physician and nurses in the University hospital. 

A cafeteria, soda shop, and table service dining room are 
located in Reynolda Hall. Meals may be purchased individually 
or under an optional board plan. The approximate cost per year 
individually is $600-$700, contractual board plan reduces cost 
by about one-third. 

Books and supplies are available at the College Book Store, 
located on the campus, approximate cost per year $100. 

Laundry is arranged for privately. A laundry operated by a 
Winston-Salem firm is located on campus. 

Other College Charges 

Admission Application Fee. Required with each application 
for admission to cover cost of processing. Non-refundable. 
$10.00. 

Admission Deposit. Required of each student entering for 
the first time, or re-entering after a period of non-attendance. 
Must be sent to the Director of Admissions within three weeks 
after acceptance for admission or re-admission. The deposit is 
credited to the student's University charges for the semester for 
which he has been accepted for admission. It is refunded if the 
Director of Admissions is notified in writing prior to June 1 for 
the fall semester and November 1 for the spring semester, of 
cancellation of plans to enter. $50.00. 

Applied Music. Required in addition to tuition of students 
enrolling for individual or class study in applied music as de- 
scribed in the offering of the Department of Music. Payable in 
the Treasurer's office. Fees per semester range from $30.00 to 
$80.00 for class instruction of one hour per week. Practice fees 
are from $5.00 to $14.00. 

46 



Charges 

Dormitory Damages and Repairs. The student is charged for 
damages to his room or university property in accordance with 
Dormitory Rule 4. Appeal may be made to the Board of Dormi- 
tory Damage Appeals. 

Graduation Fee. Required of all students who are candidates 
for degrees. $15.00. 

Hospital Bed and Board Charge. Charged to students when 
confined to the University Hospital. An additional charge is 
made for special surgeon or special nurse, when their services 
are required, and for special and expensive drugs. $16.00 daily. 

Key Deposit. Required for each key issued to a dormitory 
room. Refunded when key is returned. $3.00. 

Late Registration Fee. Charged to students registering after 
the dates set by the faculty. $10.00. 

Library Fines. Charges for overdue and lost books and for 
violation of other Library regulations. Payable in the Library. 

Reservation Deposit. Students enrolled in the spring semester 
who expect to return for the next regular session beginning in 
September are required to pay a reservation deposit at a date 
set by the Treasurer. It is credited to the student's University 
charges and will be refunded under the same conditions specified 
for the admission deposit, except that refunds will be made if 
requested prior to June 30. $50.00. 

Room Change Fees. $5.00 is charged for authorized room 
changes made after October 1 in the fall semester, after Feb- 
ruary 15 in the spring semester. The fine is $20.00 for any un- 
authorized change. 

ROTC Deposit. Required of each student enrolled in ROTC 
before equipment may be issued to him. Refunded at the end of 
the school year, less any loss or damage, fair wear and tear 
excepted. $20.00. 

Special Examination. Required for each special examination 
taken to remove a course condition. $2.50. 

Student Apartment Rental. Paid monthly at $60.00 per 
month. 

47 



Charges 

Traffic Fines. Assessed against students violating parking 
regulations, copies of which are obtainable from the Traffic office. 
May be appealed to the Board of Traffic Appeals. Vehicle 
Registration $10.00. Illegal parking $2.00 each violation. 

Trailer Park Rental. Paid each semester at the rate of $30.00. 

Transcripts. Copies of a student's record are issued for him. 
First copy free, additional copies $1.00 each. 

Charges for the Summer Session 

A bulletin of the Summer Session is published in March of 
each year and may be obtained by writing the Dean of the 
Summer Session, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, N. C. 
27109. This bulletin should be consulted for detailed infor- 
mation. All charges are due and payable at registration. 

First Second 

Session Session Total 

Summer School Fee 1 $ 90.00- $ 90.00-' $180.00 

Dormitory Room Rental 30.00 30.00 60.00 

TOTAL $120.00 $120.00 $240.00 

Law, Medicine and Graduate Schools 

Bulletins for these schools should be consulted for informa- 
tion as to expenses. Requests for the bulletins should be ad- 
dressed to the appropriate Dean, Wake Forest University, Win- 
ston-Salem, N. C. 



1 Part- time students (those enrolled for 3 semester hours or less) pay a flat charge of 
S15.00 per semester hour plus a S5.00 registration fee. 

- No scholarships are available in the summer session, except that the charge to public 
school teachers is S65.00 per session when duly authorized by the Dean of the Summer 
Session. 

48 



Housing 



Withdrawal 



Students withdrawing must follow the procedure set forth 
on page 73 and must present their identification cards to the 
Treasurer before any claim for refund may be considered. No 
refund of dormitory room rent is made. Refund of tuition and 
activity fee is made according to the following table: 



Number of Weeks 

Attendance* 

1 



Percentage of Total Tuition 

and Activity Fee 

to be Refunded 

Total tuition less $50 


85% 
70% 
55% 
40% 
25% 
10% 

Food Services 



Four types of food service are available to students at Wake 
Forest University — cafeteria, grill, table service, and special 
dining service for small parties. The cafeteria menus feature 
multiple choices planned and supervised by a trained home 
economist. The grill, located adjacent to the east lounge, oper- 
ates until 10:30 p.m., and is a favorite spot for students to 
gather. Table service is provided in the Magnolia Room and 
gives the students a quiet place to enjoy eating with a menu of 
greater variety, as well as foods prepared to order. Buffets are 
served in the Magnolia Room each Wednesday noon, Thurs- 
day evening, and Sunday noon. 

Housing 

All unmarried undergraduate students who do not live in or 
near Winston-Salem with their parents must live in University 
residences unless off-campus permission is given in writing by 
the Dean of Men or the Dean of Women. 



* Counting from the first day of registration and fractions of a week to count as a full 
week. 

49 



Housing Regulations 



Housing for Married Students 

An apartment building containing 56 apartments is located 
on the northwest edge of the campus. A trailer park containing 
55 spaces is located on the east side of the campus. Apartments 
and trailer spaces are available only to bona fide students of 
Wake Forest University. 

Applications for either apartments or trailer spaces should be 
directed to the Director of Residences. Assignments are made 
on the basis of priorities established by the date of application, 
and a lease is executed by the student and the University. 

Housing for Men 

The semestral charge for double occupancy is $130.00 per 
student, due and payable at registration and may not be de- 
ferred. The charge for a single room is $155.00 per semester 
and for a double room occupied as a single room $180.00 per 
semester. When three persons occupy a room, the charge is 
$95.00 per person per semester. Room rental is not refunded 
upon withdrawal. Room assignments are made by the Dean 
of Men. 

Housing for Women 

Married women students are not ordinarily permitted to live 
in the dormitories. Single women students in the professional 
school may live in quarters approved by the Dean of Women. 

The assignment of rooms is made to women students after 
admission requirements have been satisfied. Notification of 
assignments is made in the summer preceding the opening of 
the session in September. 

The semester charge is $140.00 per student, due and payable 
at registration and may not be deferred. The charge for a 
single room is $165.00 per semester and for a double room 
occupied as a single room $190.00 per semester. Room rental 
is not refunded upon withdrawal. 

Housing Regulations 

Each student signs a room contract which outlines the regu- 
lations and conditions governing his occupancy of University 
housing. Details of the room contract and other regulations are 
found in the Student Handbook. 

50 



SCHOLARSHIPS, LOAN FUNDS 
AND STUDENT EMPLOYMENT 

By regulation of the Board of Trustees, all financial aid must 
be approved by the Committee on Scholarships and Student 
Aid of Wake Forest College (division of arts and sciences). 
The Committee requires that applications for financial aid be 
made on forms obtainable by addressing the Committee at 
Box 7305, Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109. 

Scholarships supported by funds of the College are not 
granted to students enrolled in the professional schools of law 
and medicine. 

To receive consideration for a scholarship the applicant must 
either be a registered, fulltime student in Wake Forest College 
or have been accepted for admission. 

Need is a factor in the award of virtually all financial aid, 
and each applicant must file a financial statement as part 
of his application for financial aid. 

The Committee reserves the right to revoke any financial aid 
for unworthy achievement. 

No financial aid is automatically renewable. Application must 
be made each year. 

Applicants should submit applications sufficiently early so 
that final action will have been taken before the beginning of 
the school year. 

Special regulations govern the use of the Ministerial Aid 
Fund. 

Scholarships 

The Alpha Phi Omega Scholarship. Established by the Kappa 
Theta Chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, National Service Fratern- 
ity, this scholarship is available to a male freshman student 
who presents evidence of need and an excellent high school 
record. A minimum of $200.00 is available. 

Junius Calvin Brown Scholarship. Donated by Mr. Junius 
Calvin Brown of Madison, North Carolina, in honor of his wife, 
Eliza Pratt Brown, the fund shall be used to assist needy, 
worthy, and deserving students from North Carolina, with pre- 
ference being given to students from the town of Madison and 
Rockingham County. The maximum value is $1,200. 

51 



Scholarships 



Burlington Industries Scholarship. Donated by Burlington 
Industries Foundation, this scholarship is available to one 
who has junior standing, has done all previous work at Wake 
Forest and has an average of 3.0 or better. Leadership, scholar- 
ship, and need are considered in making the award. The value 
of the scholarship is $1,000.00, with half of this amount avail- 
able in each of the junior and senior years. 

The J. G. Carroll Memorial Athletic Scholarship. A fund 
donated in memory of Professor J. G. Carroll, former Associate 
Professor of Mathematics. The award will be made to some 
deserving athlete who is not on a regular athletic scholarship. 
The value of this scholarship is approximately $100. 

Guy T. Carswell Scholarships. This scholarship program was 
made possible by and established in honor of the late Guy T. 
Carswell and his wife, Mrs. Clara Carswell of Charlotte, North 
Carolina. The scholarships carry an annual value ranging from 
a minimum stipend of $1,000 to a maximum stipend of $2,500. 
Awards for more than $1,000 will be determined on the basis of 
need. A Carswell scholar may be any student applying to Wake 
Forest College who possesses outstanding qualities of intel- 
lect and leadership. Up to twenty-five scholars will be selected 
by the Committee annually. 

College Scholarships. These scholarships, in the amounts of 
$100 to $1,100 each, are available to freshmen and upperclass- 
men presenting satisfactory academic records and evidence of 
need. 

Devotion Foundation Scholarship. Donated by the Devotion 
Foundation, this scholarship is to be used for those needy stu- 
dents who have a keen interest in and high aptitude for the 
subject of mathematics and its related interests. The value of 
this scholarship is up to $2,000. 

Educational Opportunity Grants. These scholarships are 
available to a limited number of undergraduate students with 
exceptional financial need who require these grants to attend 
college. To be eligible, the student must also show academic 
or creative promise. Grants will range from $200 to $1000 a 
year, and can be no more than one-half of the total assistance 
given the student. The amount of financial assistance a student 

52 



Scholarships 



may receive depends upon his need — taking into account his 
financial resources, those of his parents, and the cost of attend- 
ing the college of his choice. 

The Lecausey P. and Lula H. Freeman Scholarship. Donated 
by Mr. and Mrs. G. H. Singleton, Raleigh, North Carolina, in 
memory of the parents of Mrs. Singleton. One scholarship is 
available to a student who may be a freshman, sophomore, or 
junior, and whose home is within the West Chowan Baptist 
Association of North Carolina with preference to Bertie County 
students, on the basis of need and ability. If no qualified appli- 
cant appears from the West Chowan Association, then residents 
of the Roanoke Association may be considered. The scholarship 
is renewable on the basis of need and ability for all school years 
except the senior year. The value of this scholarship is approxi- 
mately $200. 

James W. Gill Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Ruth R. Gill in 
memory of her husband, James W. Gill. The fund provides a 
scholarship for a deserving student, with preference to students 
from Montgomery and Prince George's Counties, Maryland. 
The value of this scholarship is approximately $600. 

Fuller Hamrick Scholarship. Created under the will of the 
late Everett C. Snyder of Wake Forest, North Carolina, in 
memory of Fuller Hamrick. The income from this fund shall 
be used to educate boys and girls from The Mills Home in 
Thomasville, North Carolina. Value of this scholarship is ap- 
proximately $500. 

George Foster Hankins Scholarships — Freshmen. These 
scholarships were made possible by the late Colonel George 
Foster Hankins of Lexington, N. C. Applicants must be residents 
of North Carolina or children of Wake Forest alumni residing 
in other states. Preference will be given to residents of Davidson 
County, North Carolina. Only high school seniors are eligible 
to compete and must request the necessary application forms 
before December 1 of their senior year. The value of these 
scholarships will range up to $2,200. 

George Foster Hankins Scholarships — JJ pper classmen. Up- 
perclassmen are eligible for Hankins Scholarships. However, 
they must have been enrolled in Wake Forest College for at 

53 



Scholarships 



least one semester before they may apply as upperclassmen. 
Applications must be on file with the Scholarships Committee 
no later than May 1 of each year for the following school year, 
and preference will be given to applicants from Davidson 
County, North Carolina. The amount of the award will vary 
according to the student's need as determined from the financial 
statement required to be submitted with his application. 

Frank P. Hobgood Scholarship. This scholarship, donated by 
Mrs. Kate H. Hobgood of Reidsville, North Carolina, in memory 
of her husband, is available to those who qualify on "the basis 
of character, purpose, intelligence, and need, with preference 
being given to those who plan to enter the ministry, do religious 
work, become teachers, or become lawyers, the perference being 
in the order named." Applicants must be legal residents of the 
city of Reidsville or live within 10 miles of that city and must 
be recommended by the deacons of the First Baptist Church of 
Reidsville. The value of this scholarship is $500. 

Junior College Scholarships. One scholarship is available each 
year to a graduate of each of the junior colleges of the North 
Carolina Baptist State Convention, in the amount og $150. 
The recipient must rank in the upper one-fourth of the junior 
college graduating class. Awarded only on the recommendation 
of the president of the junior college. 

Thurman D. Kitchin Scholarship. Donated by the Interfra- 
ternity Council in memory of the late Thurman D. Kitchin, 
President of Wake Forest College from 1930 to 1950, it is avail- 
able to a male freshman student presenting a high school record 
of superior grade and evidence of need. The value of this scholar- 
ship is approximately $300. 

Marie Dayton McDonald Scholarship. Donated by Dr. Thane 
McDonald and friends in memory of his wife. The income from 
this fund is available to a deserving and qualified music student. 
The value is approximately $125.00 per year. 

Norfleet Scholarship. Donated by Mrs. Eustace Norfleet of 
Wilmington, North Carolina, in memory of his parents, John 
A. and Mary Pope Norfleet, five scholarships are available in 
the amount of $200 each to "deserving and promising students 

54 



Scholarships 

desiring to attend Wake Forest College and needing financial 
assistance." 

Benjamin Wingate Parham Scholarship. This fund was 
donated by Mrs. Kate J. Parham of Oxford, North Carolina, in 
memory of her husband. One full scholarship shall be awarded 
in each school year on the basis of both ability and need. It 
may be renewed for succeeding years. 

Thomas F. Pettus Scholarships. Administered by the North 
Carolina Baptist Foundation, Inc., under the terms of the will 
of the late Thomas F. Pettus of Wilson County, North Carolina, 
this fund make two or more scholarships available each year in 
memory of Mr. Pettus. These scholarships are to be awarded 
by the college on the basis of merit and need with preference 
to North Carolina Baptist students. 

William Louis Poteat Scholarships. Five scholarships will be 
awarded annually to the graduates of the Baptist junior colleges 
in North Carolina. Each scholarship will range up to $500 
depending on need as determined from a financial statement 
submitted by each applicant with the application. It may be 
remewed for the senior year. 

Oliver D. and Caroline E. Revell Memorial Scholarship Fund. 
Created under the will of the late Oliver D. Revell of Buncombe 
County, North Carolina, this fund makes available $100 per 
year to one person preparing for the ministry or full-time 
religious work. 

Kate B. Reynolds Memorial Scholarships. Donated in memory 
of the late Mrs. Kate B. Reynolds. Applicants must be residents 
of Forsyth County, North Carolina, who without financial aid 
would be unable to obtain education beyond high school. Pref- 
erence will be given to men. Four scholarships of $500 each are 
awarded. 

A. M. Pullen and Company Scholarship. The A. M. Pullen 
and Company, Certified Public Accountants, grants to an out- 
standing upper division accounting major an annual tuition 
scholarship of $600. The recipient, to be designated by the Dean 
of the School of Business, is selected on the basis of merit, 
financial need, and interest in public accounting. 

55 



Scholarships 



ROTC Scholarship. Two and four-year ROTC scholarships 
are available to students who are motivated toward the Army. 
Applications for four-year scholarships are submitted by high 
school seniors in the late fall to the Commanding General of 
their respective Army area. ROTC sophomores at the Univer- 
sity apply to the Professor of Military Science for two-year 
scholarships covering the normal junior and senior years. Each 
scholarship recipient commits himself by contract to a special 
military obligation and receives full tuition, fees, books and 
classroom material, and a payment of $50 a month for the 
regular school year. Once awarded, scholarships remain in effect 
throughout the contract period subject to satisfactory academic 
and ROTC performance. 

The Saddye Stephenson Sykes Scholarship. Donated by Dr. 
Charles L. Sykes and Dr. Ralph J. Sykes in memory of their 
mother, Mrs. Saddye Stephenson Sykes, one scholarship will 
be awarded each year on the basis of Christian character, 
academic proficiency, and financial need. Preference will be 
given to freshmen from the State of North Carolina. It may be 
renewable each year. The value of this scholarship is approxi- 
mately $400. 

Western Electric Scholarship. Donated by the Western Elec- 
tric Fund, this scholarship may be awarded to an undergraduate 
on the basis of leadership, scholastic attainment, and financial 
need. Value, up to $800. 

Jesse A. Williams Scholarships. Created under the will of the 
late Jesse A. Williams of Union County, North Carolina, this 
fund provides scholarships in amounts of up to $1,200 per year. 
Preference will be given to deserving students of Union County. 

Charles Littell Wilson Scholarship. Created under the will of 
Mrs. Jennie Mayes Wilson in memory of her husband, the late 
Charles Littell Wilson, this fund makes available one freshman 
scholarship each year ranging from $200 to $600. 

William Luther Wyatt, III, Scholarship Trust. This fund 
was donated by Mr. and Mrs. William L. Wyatt, Jr., of Raleigh, 
North Carolina, in memory of their late son, William Luther 
Wyatt, III. The purpose of this fund is to award one or more 
scholarships in each school year to a student, preferably to a 

• 56 



Loan Funds 



male student entering the junior year, who has shown an 
interest and an ability in the field of biology. The award shall 
be based on both the need and the ability of the student. The 
value of this scholarship is approximately $500. 

Designated Scholarships for: 

Ministerial Students. Granted on the following conditions: 
(1) Written recommendation or license to preach authorized 
by the applicant's own church body and (2) signature by the 
applicant of an agreement to pay the amount of the scholarship, 
with interest, in the event that he does not serve five years 
in the pastoral ministry within twevle years from the last date 
of attendance at Wake Forest, subject to cancellation in the 
event of death. Value, up to $300.00. 

Children of Ministers. Awards to those whose fathers make 
their living chiefly by the ministry. Value, up to $150.00. 

Rehabilitation Students. Awarded to physically handicapped 
students who have (1) secured the necessary letter of approval 
from the North Carolina Division of Vocational Rehibilitation, 
Raleigh, and (2) filed application for the scholarship. Value, 
up to $300.00. 

Students' Wives. Awarded to wives of students in Wake 
Forest University for not more than four school years or the 
equivalent. Becomes void if the husband ceases to be enrolled. 
Value, up to $150.00. 

Loan Funds 

James E. and Mary Z. Bryan Foundation Student Loan Plan. 
Established by Mary Z. Bryan, in 1953, as a memorial to her 
husband and administered by the College Foundation, Inc., in 
Raleigh. North Carolina students may borrow up to $1,000.00 
per academic year. 

Bushnell Baptist Church Loan Fund. Established in 1945 
with funds supplied by the Bushnell Baptist Church of Fontana 
Dam, North Carolina, for needy students. 

Council Fund. Established in 1935 by Mr. C. T. Council of 
Durham, North Carolina, for the aid of senior students. 

57 



Loan Funds 



James W. Denmark Loan Fund. This fund was originated 
by the late James William Denmark of Dudley, North Carolina, 
in 1875, and is available to qualified students after at least one 
semester's work in the University. Preference is given to stu- 
dents from North Carolina. The amount available does not 
exceed $800 each year and $2,400 during the entire period of 
enrollment. 

Olivia Dunn Student Loan Fund. Established under the will 
of Miss Birdie Dunn of Wake County, North Carolina, in 
memory of her mother, to be used as a loan fund for worthy 
students. 

Duplin County Loan Fund. This loan fund was donated in 
1942 by friends of the College who wish to remain anonymous 
and is limited to students from Duplin County, North Carolina. 

Elliott B. Earnshaw Loan Fund. Established by the Board 
of Trustees of Wake Forest College as a memorial to the late 
E. B. Earnshaw, Bursar of Wake Forest College. 

Friendly Student Loan Fund. This fund was established in 
1948 by Miss Nell E. Stinson of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 
memory of her sister, Mary Belle Stinson Michael, for the 
benefit of worthy students who need financial aid. 

Grover Carroll Loan Fund. Donated by Lt. Col. and Mrs. 
Robert C. Wells in memory of the late James Grover Carroll, 
Associate Professor of Mathematics at Wake Forest College, 
the sum of $1,000 is available, the principal and interest of 
which may be loaned at 4% interest to worthy students who 
would otherwise be unable to completely finance a college 
education. 

George Foster Hankins Loan Fund. Established under the 
will of the late Colonel George Foster Hankins of Lexington, 
North Carolina, with preference to be given to applicants from 
Davidson County, North Carolina. 

Harris Memorial Loan Fund. Established by the late J. P. 
Harris of Bethel, North Carolina, in memory of his first wife, 
Lucy Shearon Harris, and his second wife, Lucy Jones Harris, 
for students who have demonstrated ability to apply educa- 
tional advantages to the rendition of enriched and greater 

58 



Loan Funds 



Christian service in life and whose circumstances require 
financial assistance in order to prevent disruption in their edu- 
cational program. 

Thomas M. Hunter, Jr., Memorial Scholarship. Established 
in 1948 by Mr. and Mrs. Thomas M. Hunter of Fayetteville, 
North Carolina, as a loan scholarship in memory of their son. 
The loan scholarship is available for students enrolled in the 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine who are preparing to become 
medical missionaries. 

Edna Tyner Langston Fund. This fund, established in 1942 
by Dr. Henry J. Langston of Danville, Virginia, in memory 
of his wife, is available to a student agreed upon by the donor 
and the college. 

The National Defense Student Loan Program. This fund, 
created under the National Defense Education Act of 1958, 
makes available loans up to $1500 per year for students in need 
of financial assistance. The law further provides that special 
consideration in the selection of loan recipients be given to all 
students with a superior academic background. 

North Carolina Bankers Student Loan Plan. Established by 
the North Carolina Bankers Association, in 1962, at the request 
of Governor Terry Sanford and administered by the College 
Foundation, Inc., in Raleigh. North Carolina students may 
borrow up to $500.00 per academic year. 

Watts Norton Loan Fund. Established in 1949 by Mr. 
L. Watts Norton of Durham, North Carolina. For the benefit 
of worthy young people attending the School of Religion who 
need financial assistance. 

The Powers Fund. This fund was endowed by Dr. Frank P. 
Powers of Raleigh, North Carolina, in 1944 as a memorial to 
his parents, Frank P. and Effie Reade Powers, and is for the 
benefit of needy students, with preference given to orphans. 

Grover and Addy Raby Loan Fund. Established in 1945 by 
Dr. J. G. Raby of Tarboro, North Carolina, in memory of his 
parents. Preference is given to applicants from the First Baptist 
Church of Tarboro. 



59 



Spanish Exchange Scholarship 



James F. Slate Loan Fund. Established in 1908 by the late 
J. F. Slate of Stokes County, North Carolina, and is available 
for ministerial students who have been licensed to preach. 

Ministerial Aid Fund 

The Ministerial Aid Fund was established in 1897 through a 
bequest from the estate of the late J. A. Melke and has been 
added to from time to time. 

Funds are available to ministerial students on either a loan 
or a grant basis. Written application must be made to the 
Committee on Scholarships and Student Aid on form obtainable 
from that committee. Awards are made on the basis of merit 
and need, and particularly in the case of grants, academic 
achievement. Five annual grants in the amount of $200 each 
are regularly available, in addition to such others as the 
Committee may award. 

German Exchange Scholarship 

In 1959 a student exchange program was established between 
Wake Forest and the Free University of Berlin. At present 
one scholarship is available to an eligible Wake Forest Univer- 
sity student. It provides (1) 400 German marks a month 
for ten months at the Free University of Berlin; (2) remission 
of all registration and insurance fees; (3) 200 German marks 
a semester for the purchase of books; (4) Free accommodation 
in the Studentendorf (student village) comprising a single 
room, use of kitchen, bath, electric light and linen. Candidates 
must have had at least two years of German at the college level 
or equivalent and must have acquired junior standing by the 
end of the semester in which they apply. Candidates may major 
in any of the fields offered at Wake Forest University with the 
permission of the chairman of the department in question. 

Spanish Exchange Scholarship 

In 1964 a student exchange program was established between 
Wake Forest University and the University of the Andes, at 
Bogota, Colombia. At present the scholarships available to 
eligible Wake Forest students are: two scholarships of one 
semester's study each; or, one scholarship of two consecutive 

60 



Student Employment 



semesters. It is left to the discretion of Wake Forest University 
whether one or two students are selected annually to*study 
during any given academic year at the University of the Andes. 
The scholarships provide: (1) remission of tuition and fees; 
(2) board and lodging; (3) textbooks. Candidates must have 
had at least two years of Spanish at the college level or the 
equivalent. Candidates may pursue studies in any of the fields 
offered at Wake Forest University with the permission of the 
department in question. 

Church Choir Work Grants 

These work grants are given by Wake Forest University and 
Wake Forest Baptist Church in order to encourage outstanding 
voice and University Choir students to participate in the Church 
Choir program. They are awarded on the basis of talent, relia- 
bility, and interest in the Church. The selection of recipients is 
made upon the joint recommendation of the Music Committee 
of the Church and the Department of Music of the University. 
There are 15 awards, each values at $300. 

Student/ Student Wife Employment 

The Personnel Office assists students to locate either on- or 
off-campus, part-time employment. A maximum of 20 hours 
work per week is suggested for full-time students. Applications 
for part-time employment, as well as for summer jobs, may be 
obtained in Room 119-B, Reynolda Hall. Wives of University 
students may be referred by the Personnel Office to on-campus 
jobs or employment opportunities in the community. 



61 



ACTIVITIES 

Student Government 

The two chief agencies of student government are the Student 
Legislature and the Student Honor Council. 

The Student Legislature is composed of thirty-six represen- 
tatives of the four classes, the vice-president of the student 
body serving as Speaker. It is the duty of the Student Legisla- 
ture to perform all acts necessary in the exercise of its powers 
as the legislative branch of student government. The Legislature 
also sets up student committees to work parallel with faculty 
committees on matters concerning students. 

The Student Honor Council, which tries violators of the 
Honor System, is composed of sixteen members from the senior, 
junior, and sophomore classes. 

The Honor System 

The Honor System is an expression of the concern of Wake 
Forest University that its students shall be dominated by ideals 
of honor and integrity. The Honor System is an integral part 
of the Student Government of the College as adopted by the 
students and approved by the Administration. The essence of 
the Honor System is that each student's word can be trusted 
implicitly and that any violation of a student's word is an 
offense against the whole student community. The Honor Sys- 
tem binds the student in such matters as the following: he 
must neither give nor receive aid upon any examination, quiz or 
other pledge work, he must have complete respect for the prop- 
erty rights of others; he must not give false testimony or pass 
a worthless check knowing it to be such; he must report to 
the Honor Council any violation of the Honor System that 
comes under his observation. 

A student accused of violating the Honor System will be 
given a hearing before the Honor Council. If he is found guilty 
of cheating, he may be suspended from the College. Such stu- 
dent shall be re-admitted to the College only on the approval 
of the Faculty or its Executive Committee, and during the 
period of suspension his record shall not be subject to transfer 
to another college without a notation of his suspension. The 
penalty for stealing, giving false testimony, or knowingly pass- 

62 



Forensic Activities 



ing a worthless check may also be suspension. The penalty for 
failing to report to the Honor Council all violations of the Honor 
System which may come to a student's knowledge shall be in 
the discretion of the Honor Council. 

Any student who has been convicted of violation of the 
Honor Code is ineligible to represent the University in any 
manner whatsoever until the period of his punishment, be it 
suspension, probation, or any other form, is completed and 
the student is returned to good standing. 

Students in enforcing the Honor System are protecting the 
integrity of their student community and their own individual 
rights and reputation. They thereby enjoy the confidence of 
one another, the Faculty, the Administration and the public. 

Men's Judicial Board 

The Men's Judicial Board, a student-faculty committee, rules 
on violations of the conduct regulations listed in Statute II of 
the Constitution of the Student Body (see the student hand- 
book) and those conduct regulations established by the faculty 
which are included in this catalog. A student who violates one 
of these regulations or who behaves in such a way as to bring 
reproach upon himself or upon the University is subject to 
whatever penalty the Board deems appropriate. 

Senior Orations 

On the second Monday in April the faculty selects four 
members of the senior class as speakers for commencement 
day. The nominations are made by the Student Affairs Com- 
mittee of the faculty after consultation with the Department 
of Speech. The speakers selected are required to present thier 
commencement addresses, limited to one thousand words, to 
the committee for approval before May 16. 

Forensic Activities 

Wake Forest has always stressed participation in debating 
and allied speech activities, and the University holds member- 
ship in a number of state and national speech organizations, 
including Delta Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha, national hon- 
orary forensic fraternity. Representatives of the University 

63 



Speech Institute 



engage in state, regional, and national tournaments, and take 
part in debates, oratorical contests, and many other forms of 
competitive speaking. 

All undergraduate students in good standing are eligible to 
participate in forensics and to represent the University in inter- 
collegiate competition. 

Debate and Speech Tournaments 

A. North Carolina High School Speech Festival 

In the spring of each year, the University sponsors a speech 
festival, to which are invited the high schools of North 
Carolina. Awards are given to the winning schools and 
individuals in oral interpretation, radio announcing, extem- 
poraneous speaking, oratory, after-dinner speaking and duet 
acting. 

B. High School Invitational Tournament 

In the winter of each year, the University sponsors a high 
school debate tournament to which are invited high school 
debaters from throughout the Southeast. Awards are given 
to the winning schools. 

C. Novice Tournament 

In the fall of each year the University sponsors a debate 
tournament to which are invited novice debaters from the 
colleges and universities of the Southeastern United States. 
Awards are given to the winning schools at the end of the 
tournament. The tournament is open to college students who 
have never previously participated in intercollegiate debating. 

D. Dixie Classic Varsity Tournament 

During the school year, the University sponsors a national 
debate tournament to which are invited colleges and univer- 
sities which excel in debate. Trophies are given to the winning 
schools. 

Speech Institute 

High school students are invited to participate in the Summer 
Speech Institute, which is held for four weeks during the regular 
summer session, and which is open to students from all states. 

64 



University Radio Station 



Specialized training in debate, public speaking, theatre, oral 
interpretation and radio is offered, and students are given an 
opportunity to debate the National Forensic League query in 
advance of the regular debate season. 

University Theatre 

The Wake Forest University Theatre, located on the 7th 
and 8th levels of the Z. Smith Reynolds Library, presents four 
major productions annually. The University Theatre offers a 
meaningful, creative outlet for all students at the University. 
Any student enrolled in the University is eligible to try out 
for the casts and to work with the production staffs. 

The Wake Forest Chapter of the National Collegiate Players, 
honorary dramatic fraterity, was formed in the Spring of 1963. 
Eligibility for membership is determined by a student's scholas- 
tic average and an accumulation of points acquired through 
participation in University Theatre activities. 

Readers' Theatre 

The theatre program recently expanded its scope to provide 
an opportunity for more students to participate on another 
level. The Readers' Theatre presents programs with selections 
from prose and poetry and rarely performed dramas. It is an 
opportunity for students to expand literary and artistic horizons 
as either participants or members of an audience. 

University Radio Station — WFDD-FM 

The University Radio Station, WFDD-FM, broadcasts year- 
round to the campus and throughout Piedmont North Carolina. 
The station is fully licensed by the Federal Communications 
Commission. Programs include music, news, sports, lectures, dis- 
cussions, interviews, documentaries and drama. The station pro- 
vides an opportunity for students to learn all phases of radio 
production while actually participating as announcers, inter- 
viewers, directors, newscasters, sportscasters, actors, and writers. 

Participation is open to all students. Several financial assis- 
tantships, as well as summer jobs, are available each year for 
qualified students. 

65 



Medals 

Publications 

The Student, a literary magazine, Old Gold and Black, a 
weekly newspaper, and The Howler, the University annual, are 
published by the students. 

Medals 

The A. D. Ward Medal is awarded annually to the senior 
making the best address on commencement day. 

The Lura Baker Paden Medal, established in 1922 by Dean 
S. Paden (B.A., 1918), is awarded annually to the senior who 
has obtained the highest average grade on the courses taken 
by him in the School of Business Administration. 

The F. B. Currin Medal is awarded annually for the best 
oration on the general topic of Christ in Modern Life. 

The Carolina Award is presented to the major in Biology 
who writes the best paper on a subject selected by the National 
Biology Society. Given by the Carolina Biological Supply Com- 
pany of Elon College, N. C. 

The Biology Research Award is presented to the major in 
Biology who does the best piece of original research during 
the year. Given by the Beta Rho Chapter of Beta Beta Beta 
of Wake Forest University. 

The Poteat Award is presented to the student in Biology 
111-112 who is adjudged the most outstanding, and plans to 
major in the department. Given by the Will Corporation of 
Georgia, and sponsored by Beta Beta Beta. 

The William E. Speas Memorial Award is presented each year 
to the outstanding graduating senior in the Department of 
Physics. 

The Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key is presented to the 
graduating senior in the School of Business Administration who 
has earned the highest average during the seven semesters prior 
to the semester in which graduation occurs. 

The Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key is awarded annually 
during the graduation exercises to the graduating senior in the 

66 



Fraternities 

School of Business Administration who has the highest average 
for the first three years. 

The A. M. Pullen and Company Medal is presented each year 
during commencement to the graduating accounting major who 
has reached the highest achievement in accounting studies. 

The North Carolina Association of Certified Public Account- 
ants Medal is awarded each spring to the outstanding senior 
accounting major. 

The Wall Street Journal Medal and one year's subscription 
to the Journal are received each year by the graduating senior 
who has been most outstanding in finance courses. 

Delta Kappa Nu's Business Woman Student Award is pre- 
sented annually during the graduation exercises to the most 
outstanding senior business woman who is seeking a B.B.A. 
degree or a B.A. degree in Economics. 

Fraternities 

The following social fraternities have been established : Alpha 
Sigma Phi, Delta Sigma Phi, Kappa Alpha, Kappa Sigma, 
Lambda Chi Alpha, Pi Kappa Alpha, Sigma Chi, Sigma Phi 
Epsilon, Sigma Pi, Theta Chi. 

The Interfraternity Council, under the supervision of the 
Faculty Committee on Student Affairs, is the governing body 
of the social fraternities. The Council endeavors to maintain a 
high standard of conduct and scholarship. The Council offers 
a cup to the fraternity whose members made the highest class 
grades. By order of the faculty, students who are on probation 
for any reason may not be initiated into any fraternity until 
the end of their probationary period. 

The following professional fraternities have been established: 
Alpha Kappa Psi (business), Delta Sigma Pi (business), Phi 
Alpha Delta (law), Phi Delta Phi (law), Phi Epsilon Kappa 
(physical education) and Phi Mu Alpha Sinfonia (Music). 
There is also a chapter of Alpha Phi Omega, national service 
fraternity. 



67 



Honor Societies 



Honor Societies 

The following honor societies have been established: Alpha 
Epsilon Delta (pre-medicine), Beta Beta Beta (biology), Delta 
Kappa Alpha (ministry), Delta Phi Alpha (German), Delta 
Sigma Rho-Tau Kappa Alpha (forensic), Eta Sigma Phi 
(classics), Gamma Sigma Epsilon (chemistry), Kappa Mu 
Epsilon (mathematics), National Collegiate Players (drama- 
tics), Pershing Rifles (military), Phi Alpha Theta (history), 
Phi Sigma Iota (Romance languages), Pi Gamma Mu (social 
science), Rho Tau Sigma (radio), Scabbard and Blade (mili- 
tary), Phi Beta Kappa, Omicron Delta Kappa, and Tassels. 
There is also a Wake Forest University Student Section of the 
American Institute of Physics. 

Phi Beta Kappa, an honor society founded at the College of 
William and Mary in 1776 and having chapters in many Amer- 
ican colleges and universities, each year invites to membership 
a limited number of students who have displayed personal quali- 
ties of high character and who particularly have distinguished 
themselves in fields of liberal scholarship. 

Outstanding junior and senior students enrolled in the Charles 
H. Babcock School of Business Administration may be elected 
to membership in Beta Gamma Sigma, the national honorary 
society in business. 

Omicron Delta Kappa, an intercollegiate honor society which 
has as its purpose the recognition and encouragement "of intel- 
ligent, democratic leadership among college men," elects semi- 
annually on the basis of character and eminence in one or 
more of the following five phases of campus life: "scholarship; 
athletics; student government, social and religious activities; 
publications; and forensic, dramatic, musical and other cultural 
activities." 

Tassels is a local honor society for women, with standards and 
purposes similar to those of Omicron Delta Kappa. Its member- 
ship is made up of women students who have shown qualities of 
scholarship, character, and leadership in some phase of college 
life. 



68 



Intercollegiate Athletics 



Recreational Activities 

Recognizing the importance of physical recreation in main- 
taining the well-being of students, the University provides 
extensive athletic and recreational facilities and a faculty of 
trained supervisors to direct activities in these fields. Each 
student is given the opportunity to develop his individual 
interest and skill in physical education and recreational classes. 
In addition to these classes, the Department of Physical Educa- 
tion undertakes a broad intramural sports program consisting 
of tournaments and organized club activities. 

In order to provide for a recreational program for all students, 
the University maintains athletic fields, tennis courts, and a 
combination athletic, physical education and recreation building 
which includes a swimming pool, handball and squash racquet 
courts, rhythm studio, recreational area, corrective rooms, a 
gymnastic and wrestling room, and four separate gymnasiums 
including a women's gym, a varsity basketball gym, and two 
men's intramural gyms. 

The College Union 

The College Union at Wake Forest College is a union of all 
the students. Its purpose is to coordinate, increase and develop 
social, recreational, and educational activities available to Wake 
Forest College students, both on and off campus. 

Students who pay the activities fee are members of the Col- 
lege Union. All others must pay $10.00 per year to join. 

The program of the College Union can best be presented by 
listing its eight committees: (1) Lecture Committee, (2) Rec- 
reation Committee, (3) Small Socials Committee, (4) Major 
Functions Committee, (5) Publicity Committee, (6) Movies 
Committee, (7) Travel Committee, (8) Arts Committee. 

Intercollegiate Athletics 

The Director of Athletics has general supervision of intercol- 
legiate athletic activities. 

The University is a member of the National Collegiate 
Athletic Association and the Atlantic Coast Conference. Rules 
and Regulations of the N.C.A.A., of the Conference, and of the 
University apply to all intercollegiate sports and eligibility of 
players. 

69 



GENERAL INFORMATION 

Classification 

The requirements for classification after the freshman year 
are as follows: 

Sophomore — the removal of all entrance conditions and the 
completion of not fewer than 25 hours of work toward a degree, 
with a minimum of 50 quality points; Junior — the completion 
of not fewer than 54 hours of work toward a degree, with a 
minimum of 108 quality points; Senior — not fewer than 95 
hours of work toward a degree, with a minimum of 190 quality 
points. 

Registration After the Freshman Year 

An undergraduate student who fails to pay the $50 reser- 
vation deposit at the required time (see Calendar on page 3) 
during the spring semester shall not be eligible to register for 
the next fall semester. 

Procedure in Registering 

There are five steps in registration: (1) Securing from the 
Registrar's Office a permit to register and a summary of prior 
record; (2) the payment of fees to the Treasurer; (3) consul- 
tation with an adviser, who gives such assistance as may be 
necessary in regard to the program Of work; (4) sectioning of 
classes by departmental representatives; (5) appearance before 
the Registrar for approval of program and assignment to classes. 

No student is allowed to enter any class until he has com- 
pleted his registration. 

Recitations per Week: Maximum and Minimum 
Requirements 

Sixteen credit hours a week, counting two hours of laboratory 
or field work as equal to one hour of recitation, are the maximum 
normally allowed freshmen. Seventeen credit hours a week are 
the maximum which sophomores, juniors and seniors may nor- 
mally take. A student may register for as much as nineteen 
credit hours per semester provided that the additional hours 
over the normal maximum include only hours in the following 

70 



Enforcement of Regulations 



courses: a one-hour physical education course, one music 
ensemble course, and Military Science. Additional work over 
the maximum is not otherwise allowed except by permission of 
the Dean of the College, and then only to students whose 
records are superior. 

The mimimum number of hours for which a student may 
register is twelve for the term unless he is given special per- 
mission because of exceptional conditions or because he is doing 
outside work to support himself in college. Twelve hours consti- 
tute full-time status. 

Auditing of Classes 

A student regularly enrolled on a full-time basis may audit 
classes without charge, provided that the permission of the in- 
structor is obtained. A person other than a regularly enrolled 
full-time student may audit classes at a charge of $10.00 per 
hour with the permission of the dean of the appropriate school 
and the instructor. An auditor is listed on the class roll as such 
and is subject to the usual attendance regulations and to what- 
ever additional requirements the instructor may impose. If 
these conditions are properly fulfilled, a notation "audit" is 
entered in lieu of a grade on the instructor's final grade report. 
For the regularly enrolled student, this notation is also entered 
on his permanent record card. An auditor may receive no grade 
or credit for the course. 

Each instructor shall report to the Registrar the presence of 
any student not registered regularly or as an auditor. 

An audit course may not be changed to a credit course, and 
a credit course may not be changed to an audit course. 

Enforcement of Regulations 

The enforcement of all regulations pertaining to academic 
matters is regarded as a function of the faculty, or representa- 
tives of the faculty. A well-organized Student Government 
assumes responsibility, in co-operation with the Office of the 
Dean, for the regulations of the honor system and various other 
matters involving personal conduct. In general, the regulations 
of the University are adapted to and intended for those who 
have reached such maturity that they may exercise self-control. 

71 



Class Attendance Regulations 



All students are expected to be faithful in work, to be prompt 
and regular in attendance upon all their college duties, and to 
refrain from practices injurious to others. Those who neglect 
their work, or engage in conduct that brings reproach upon 
themselves and upon the University, or deregard the rights 
and the welfare of their fellow students are required to with- 
draw from the University. 

Class Attendance Regulations 

The attendance regulations specifically place the responsi- 
bility for class attendance upon the individual student. He is 
expected to attend classes regularly and punctually. A student 
should recognize that one of the most vital aspects of a resi- 
dential college experience is attendance in the classroom and 
that the value of this academic experience cannot be fully 
measured by testing procedures alone. 

The members of the student body are considered sufficiently 
mature to appreciate the necessity of regular attendance, to 
accept this personal responsibility, and to demonstrate the kind 
of self-discipline essential for such performance and, conversely, 
to recognize and accept the consequences of failure to attend. 
An instructor is privileged to refer to the Office of the Dean 
of the College for suitable action students who in his opinion 
are causing their work or that of the class to suffer because 
of absences or latenesses. Any student who does not attend 
classes regularly, or who demonstrates other evidence of 
academic irresponsibility, is subject to such disciplinary action 
as the Executive Committee may prescribe, including immediate 
suspension from the College. 

The Office of the Dean of the College maintains a list of 
students who have been, absent from class (1) because of illness 
(when certified by the University Health Service) or other 
extenuating circumstances or (2) as authorized representatives 
of the University (when their names have been submitted by 
appropriate University officials forty-eight hours in advance of 
the hour when the absences are to commence). Such absences 
are considered "excused," and a record of them is available 
to the student's instructors upon request. An instructor deter- 
mines whether work the student has missed (including quizzes) 
may be made up. 

72 



Minimum Academic Requirements 



Course Drops 

The last day for dropping a class without the grade of F is 
listed in the College calendar on page 3 of this Catalog. A 
student who wishes to drop any course before this date must 
consult the Registrar and his faculty adviser. After this date, 
if he wishes to drop a course, he must consult either the Dean 
of the College or the Dean of the School of Business Admini- 
stration, as appropriate. If the Dean approves the request, he 
authorizes the student to discontinue the course. Except in the 
case of an emergency, the grade in the course will be recorded 
as F. 

If, at any time, a student shall drop any course without 
prior, written approval of the Dean, a grade of F for that course 
shall be reported by the instructor to the Registrar, and the 
student will be subject to academic probation for the following 
semester or to such other penalties as the Executive Com- 
mittee of the faculty may impose. 

Withdrawal from College 

A student who finds it necessary to withdraw from the College 
is required to do so through the Office of the Dean of the College. 
If in the judgment of the dean the withdrawal is justified and 
the student is otherwise in good academic standing, no grades 
will be recorded on the student's permanent record for that 
semester. However, the student's standing in his courses at the 
time of withdrawal will be taken into consideration should he 
at a later date seek readmission to the College. If the with- 
drawal is for academic reasons, failing grades may be assigned 
in all courses in which the student is not doing satisfactory work. 

If a student leaves the College without officially withdrawing, 
he will be assigned failing grades in all his current courses and 
his unofficial withdrawal will be indicated on his record. 

Minimum Academic Requirements for Continuation 

Each student enrolled in the College is expected to be aware 
at all times of his academic status and to be responsible for 
knowing whether he has failed to meet the College's minimum 
academic requirements for continuation as outlined below. 

73 



Minimum Academic Requirements 



On the basis of their cumulative records at the end of the 
spring term, the following students are academically ineligible 
to enroll for the following fall term: 

(1) Those students who, having attempted 47 or fewer 
semester hours in all colleges attended, have an over-all 
quality point ratio* of less than 1.35 on work attempted 
at Wake Forest. 

(2) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than 
48 and no more than 87 semester hours in all colleges 
attended, have an over-all quality point ratio of less than 
1.85 on work attempted at Wake Forest. 

(3) Those students who, having attempted no fewer than 
88 and no more than 119 semester hours in all colleges 
attended, have an over-all quality point of less than 1.85 
on work attempted at Wake Forest. 

(4) Those students who, having attempted 120 or more 
semester hours in all colleges attended, have an over-all 
quality point ratio of less than 1.90 on work attempted at 
Wake Forest. 

In the determination of the quality point ratio, non-credit 
courses are not counted. 

Any student who is ineligible under the minimum require- 
ments above may attend the first summer term at Wake Forest; 
if he is successful in raising his over-all quality point ratio on 
work attempted at Wake Forest to the required minimum, he 
may enroll for the fall semester. If he is unsuccessful by the 
end of the first summer term, he may attend the second term 
in Wake Forest; if he is successful then in raising his quality 
point ratio to the required minimum, he may apply for re- 
admission no earlier than for the following spring semester. 
If he is unsuccessful in meeting the minimum requirements by 
the end of the second summer term, he may apply for readmis- 
sion no earlier than for the following summer session. 

Requirements for continuation are to be determined by the 
catalog under which the student expects to be graduated. 

* The quality point ratio is obtained by dividing the net quality points earned by the 
number of hours carried (whether passed or failed) . 

74 



Probation 

Under exceptionally entenuating circumstances beyond the 
control of the student, and after consultation with the student's 
dean, an appeal from the foregoing eligibility requirements may 
be considered by the Executive Committee of the faculty. 

The Executive Committee of the faculty may also suspend 
from college at the end of any term any student whose record 
for that term has been unsatisfactory, particularly with regard 
to the number of courses passed and failed, or who has not 
attended class regularly or has otherwise ignored the rules and 
regulations of the College. 

Requirements for Readmission 

Any student seeking readmission to Wake Forest University 
must meet the minimum academic requirements for contin- 
uation for students in his category of hours attempted (see 
page 74, except that 

(1) a student who has not met these requirements may 
apply for admission to the summer school only; 

(2) a student may apply for readmission if he has been 
away from Wake Forest continuously for at least a year and 
a half and has spent that time constructively; 

(3) a student may apply for readmission earlier than the 
year and a half if he has been enrolled in another college or 
if his failure to have the required average at the time of 
his suspension was due to exceptionally extenuating circum- 
stances beyond his control. 

It should be understood by the student and his parents 
that meeting the requirements set forth above does not insure 
that the student will be readmitted to the University. 

Probation 

A student is responsible at all times for knowing his academic 
standing. 

Any student who at the end of the fall semester does not 
have the grade average which he will be required to have at 
the end of the spring semester will be automatically on academic 
probation. 

75 



Grade of E 

Any student who is placed on probation because of honor 
code or conduct code violations shall also be placed on such 
special academic probation as the Executive Committee of 
the faculty shall impose. In addition, the Executive Committee 
may at any time place on probation any student whose academic 
performance or social behavior is inconsistent with what the 
Committee deems to be the best interests of the student or 
the University. 

Examinations and Grades 

All examinations are conducted in accordance with the honor 
system adopted by the students and approved by the Faculty. 
Under this system the student is expected not only to refrain 
from unfairness in any form but also to report to the Honor 
Council anyone whom he knows to be guilty of cheating. Exam- 
ination papers are accompanied by a signed statement that no 
aid has been given or received. 

Grades in each course are assigned by the instructor as 
follows: A, exceptionally high achievement; B, superior; C, satis- 
factory; D, passing but unsatisfactory; E, conditional failure; 
F, failure. 

Grades are assigned quality points as follows: for each 
semester hour of A, 4 points; of B, 3 points; of C, 2 points; 
of D, 1 point; and of E and F, no points. The quality point 
ratio is calculated by dividing the total number of quality points 
earned by the total number of semester hours attempted, 
whether passed or not. 

Grade of I 

The grade of I (incomplete) may be assigned only when 
on account of illness or some other emergency a student does 
not complete the work of his course. If the work recorded as I 
is not completed within thirty days after the student enters 
for his next semester, the grade automatically becomes F. 

Grade of E 

A student who makes a grade of E on any course may be 
re-examined at any regular examination period within a year, 
or during the first week of the fall semester. The re-examination 

76 



Senior Conditions 



permit is secured from the Registrar's Office a few days in 
advance. No grade higher than D may be assigned as a result 
of a re-examination. A student who does not remove a con- 
ditional failure by one re-examination must repeat the course 
to secure credit. 

Pass-Fail Grades 

A student during his junior and senior years is permitted to 
elect up to 4 courses (but no more than one course in a given 
term), with the stipulation that grades for these courses will 
be recorded as Pass (P) or Fail (F) only and that these grades 
will not be counted in computing the student's quality point 
ratio. A grade of Pass carries full academic credit; a grade of 
Fail carries no academic credit. A student must indicate at the 
time of registration that he is choosing to take a course under 
this arrangement, and he may not change it to a letter-grade 
basis after the first two weeks of classes. In preparing his class 
roll the instructor will indicate which students are registered 
on a Pass-Fail basis. 

Courses selected for Pass-Fail grades must be other than 
those submitted by the student to satisfy the basic course 
requirements or those in the student's major. 

Repetition of Courses 

A student may not repeat for credit a course on which 
he has already received a grade of C or higher. 

Senior Conditions 

A candidate for graduation in his final semester who receives 
a grade of E at the close of the previous semester may apply 
to the Registrar for re-examination 30 days after the opening 
of the final semester and not less than 30 days before its close. 
Such examination will be regarded as a special examination 
and will entail a fee of $2.50. 

All conditions must be removed 30 days before the end of 
the last term of the student's graduation year. The name of a 
candidate for graduation who has a condition after that date 
is dropped from the roll of the class. 

77 



Transcripts of Student Records 



If a student receives a grade of E in a course in the final 
term of his graduation year, he is not allowed a re-examination 
before the next examination period. 

Reports 

A mid-term report is given to the student and a copy is sent 
to the parent or guardian of each student who is doing unsatis- 
factory work. At the end of each term a final report of grades 
and attendance is given to the student, and a copy is sent to 
the parent or guardian. A report of the progress of each fresh- 
man is sent to the high school or preparatory school from 
which he was admitted. 

The Dean's List 

The Dean's List will be issued at the end of each semester 
by the Dean of the College and the Dean of the Charles H. 
Babcock School of Business Administration and will include 
all full-time students who have made a quality point ratio of 
3.0 for the semester. Grades earned during a summer session 
are not considered in the preparation of the List. 

Graduation Distinctions 

Under the quality point system, graduation distinctions are 
determined as follows: 

A candidate for a baccalaureate degree who is credited with 
quality points which give him a ratio of not less than 3.80, 
in relation to the total semester hours attempted, shall be 
graduated with the distinction summa cum laude; not less than 
3.50, magna cum laude; not less than 3.00, cum laude. The 
entire record of a student is considered, with the understanding 
that a transfer student may receive no distinction which requires 
a quality point ratio greater than that earned in Wake Forest 
University. 

Transcripts of Student Records 

The first copy of a student's record is issued for him without 
charge. Requests for subsequent copies should be made to the 
Registrar, and should be accompanied by a remittance of one 
dollar for each copy desired. No transcript will be issued without 
the authorization of the owner of the record. 

78 



Experiment in International Living 



Summer Session Elsewhere 

A student who desires to attend summer session in another 
college must secure the advance approval of the Registrar and 
the chairman of the department concerned. 

A transcript of the record is required for posting at the 
close of the summer session. 

Study Abroad 

To be granted the privilege of studying abroad a student 
who plans to return to Wake Forest must plan a program of 
study relevant to his degree program at the University and 
must secure in advance the approval of the chairman of his 
major department and the dean of the school in which he is 
enrolled. He must then file approved Study Abroad Application 
with the Registrar. 

Maximum credit for a full year program (32 semester hours) 
may be granted upon evidence of a satisfactory evaluation by 
the University of the work taken. 

Students are encouraged to study under one of the established 
programs sponsored by American colleges and universities. In 
some cases independent study at foreign universities may be 
approved. A transcript of the record is required for posting 
after completion of approved foreign study. 

Experiment in International Living 

The Independent Study Program of The Experiment in 
International Living, Putney, Vermont 05346, is recognized by 
the University. This is a semester program, available in any 
one of several countries either semester. To participate in this 
program, a student must be a regularly enrolled student plan- 
ning to return to the University upon completion of the semester 
abroad. The program of study must be approved in advance by 
the chairman of the student's major department, the chair- 
man of such other departments as may be involved and the 
dean of the school in which the student is enrolled. The 
program carries a maximum of twelve semester hours credit 
upon satisfactory completion. 

79 



Veterans 

Center for Psychological Services 

The Center provides specialized services in educational- 
vocational testing and counseling, and in personal adjustment 
counseling. These services provide evidence of the student's 
aptitudes, interest, and achievements and assist him in making 
the most of his opportunities for academic and personal develop- 
ment while in college. The Center, with offices in Efird Hall, 
is staffed by professionally trained psychologists. There is no 
charge to the full-time student for Center services. 

Placement Office Services 

The Placement Office arranges on campus, career interviews 
with business firms, government agencies, school systems, and 
other organizations, for graduating students at Wake Forest 
University. Career information may be found in the Placement 
Office, Room 118, Reynolda Hall. The Director of Placement 
is available during regular office hours for consultation on 
career matters. 

Navy ROC Program 

The United States Navy offers a Reserve Officer Candidate 
(ROC) program whereby a Wake Forest student may complete 
his military requirements for a commission as Ensign in the 
United States Naval Reserve by attending weekly drills at the 
Winston-Salem Naval Reserve Training Center, 930 Brooks- 
town Avenue, and by attending ROC schools during the 
summers following his junior and senior years. Further infor- 
mation is available through the Commanding Officer of the 
Training Center or Dr. Carlton Mitchell of the Wake Forest 
faculty. 

Veterans 

Applicants who need information concerning educational 
benefits for veterans and children of veterans should consult 
the nearest regional office of the Veterans Administration. This 
office for North Carolina is located at Wachovia Bank Build- 
ing, Winston-Salem, North Carolina. 



80 



REQUIREMENTS FOR DEGREES 

The degrees conferred are Bachelor of Arts, Bachelor of 
Science, Bachelor of Business Administration, Master of Arts, 
Bachelor of Laws; and Doctor of Medicine, Master of Science 
and Doctor of Philosophy in Bowman Gray School of Medicine. 

The general requirements for the Bachelor of Arts and the 
Bachelor of Science degrees are the same, with the following 
exceptions: (1) for the degree of Bachelor of Arts a student 
must complete a foreign language through courses numbered 
211, 212, making a total of from 6 to 18 hours of languages*; 

(2) for the degree of Bachelor of Science a student must either 
complete a foreign language through courses numbers 211, 212, 
or take eight hours in a second natural science or six additional 
hours in mathematics. 

The degree of Bachelor of Science is conferred only upon 
those students who ( 1 ) complete a major in Biology, Chemistry, 
Mathematics, Physical Education, Physics, or Education with 
State teacher's certification in Mathematics or Science; (2) 
complete the degree requirements in Medical Technology; or 

(3) complete the requirements for the combined degree in 
Medical Sciences, Dentistry, Engineering, or Forestry. 

The degree of Bachelor of Arts is conferred upon those stu- 
dents who (1) complete a major in other departments in Wake 
Forest College; (2) complete a major in Economics in the 
Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration; or (3) 
complete the requirements for the combined degree in Law. 

Each student is responsible for acquainting himself with the 
requirements for graduation, and for meeting the requirements 
as stated. 

A student who has been graduated from Wake Forest Uni- 
versity with the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of 
Science may not thereafter receive the other of these two 
degrees. 

Academic Requirements 

For the degree of Bachelor of Arts or Bachelor of Science the 
student must complete (1) the basic course requirements, 
(2) a course of study approved by his major department, and 

* The candidate for the combined degree in Law may substitute for Language 211, 212 
eight hours in a second natural science, six additional hours in mathematics, or six hours 
in the principles of economics. 

81 



Basic Course Requirements 



(3) elective courses to make a total of 128 credit hours. He 
must complete at least 64 hours, including the work of the 
senior year, in Wake Forest College. A student applying for the 
combined degree must complete three-fourth of the 128 hours, 
plus the major in the school in which he is enrolled during 
the senior year. 

In addition to the above requirements for graduation, the 
student must present at least 256 quality points and a quality 
point ratio of at least 2.0 on all hours attempted. Grades are 
assigned quality points as follows: for each semester hour of A, 
4 points; of B, 3 points; of C, 2 points; of D, 1 point; and of 
F, no points. The quality point ratio is calculated by dividing 
the total number of quality points earned by the total number 
of semester hours attempted, whether passed or not. 

A student who transfers from another institution or takes 
any work in other institutions must earn in Wake Forest College 
at least twice as many quality points as the difference between 
the number of hours transferred from other institution (s) and 
the 128 hours required for graduation from Wake Forest College. 
He must also earn at least a 2.0 quality point ratio on all hours 
attempted in Wake Forest College and have at least a 2.0 
quality point ratio on the total number of hours attempted at 
all colleges. 

A student has the privilege of graduating under the provisions 
of the catalog under which he enters provided that he completes 
his course within six years; after the interval of six years he 
is expected to conform to the requirements specified for the 
class with which he is graduated. 

Basic Course Requirements 

All students in Wake Forest College are enrolled in the 
School of Arts and Sciences during their freshman and sopho- 
more years. A student is not admitted as a candidate for a 
degree in any college or school except the School of Arts and 
Sciences until the end of his sophomore year and the completion 
of the entrance requirements of the college or school to which 
application is made. 

All students enrolled in the College must take certain required 
basic courses. These requirements apply uniformly to all under- 

82 



Basic Course Requirements 



graduate degrees and all combined degrees, except as other- 
wise noted. 

These basic course requirements are as follows: 

English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) 

Religion (6 hours) selected as follows: 3 hours from courses 111, 112, 

153, 155, 157, and 3 hours from courses 231, 256, 261, 264, 271. 
Philosophy 111 (3 hours) 
History 111, 112 (6 hours) 
Social Science, one of the following three: 
'Economics 213, 214 (6 hours) 
Political Science 151 and normally one of the following: 152, 230, 251, 

260 (6 hours) .- 
Sociology 151 (3 hours) and one of the following: 

Sociology 152 or Anthropology 162 (freshmen and sophomores only), 
or any course from Sociology 323 through 359 or any course from 
Anthropology 351 through 373. 
Natural Science, one of the following three: 
Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) 
Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours) 
Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 
Mathematics (3 hours) 

(A student who anticipates a degree or major requiring additional 
mathematics should continue mathematics through the freshman 
year.) 
Physical Education (2 hours) 

Language: 3 to 18 hours depending on the following 3 factors: 
1. Requirements for the different degrees: 

a) Bachelor of Arts: candidate completes courses 211, 212, 4 or their 
equivalents. 

b) Bachelor of Science: candidate completes course 152 (or Greek 
112) and one of the following: 

Language courses 211, 212 (6 hours) 4 

A second natural science (8 hours) 

Mathematics beyond the basic 3-hour requirement (6 hours) 

c) Combined degree in Law: candidate completes course 152 (or 
Greek 112) and one of the following: 

Language courses 211, 212 (6 hours) 4 

A second natural science (8 hours) 

Mathematics beyond the basic 3-hour requirement (6 hours) 

Economics 213, 214 (6 hours) 

d) Bachelor of Business Administration: candidate completes course 
152, or may substitute Speech 151 and Mathematics 162 (6 
hours), and also completes Economics 213, 214 (6 hours). 



1 Except for students taking B.B.A. 

2 Any other course numbered 211 to 266 may be elected with the permission of the 
department. 

8 A student who plans graduate study or medical study should consult his adviser about 
additional foreign language study in his undergraduate program. 

4 With the permission of the Department of German, German 261, 262 may be substi- 
tuted for German 211, 212. 

83 



Upper Division 



2. Evaluation of high school units. 

One unit of high school language is considered the equivalent of one 
semester course of college language. Thus, if a student has had 

1 high school unit, he would normally enter course 112 

2 high school units, he would normally enter course 151 

3 high school units, he would normally enter course 152 

4 high school units, he would normally enter course 211 

3. Evaluation by testing and regulations concerning credit. 

A placement test is given to assist in proper placement of students. 
A student who finds it necessary to repeat in college the equivalent 
of any modern foreign language taken in high school receives no col- 
lege credit for the course repeated. A student who repeats in college 
a classical language taken in high school may receive credit. (A stu- 
dent who offers 2 high school units of one foreign language may 
commence a second foreign language with credit.) 

The basic course requirements are to be completed, where 
possible, by the end of the sophomore year. Some students will 
find it necessary to postpone some of the basic courses until 
the junior year in order to make room for certain courses 
necessary to the work in the major field; but a minimum of 
twelve hours from among the basic courses must appear on 
every student's program each semester until these courses are 
completed, except that after the freshman year a minimum of 
nine hours each semester may be considered sufficient if other 
courses necessary to work in the major field must be taken. 

No student, except by a specific vote of the College faculty 
in regular session, may set aside, or substitute another course 
or other courses for, any of the basic course requirements. 

For further details about course requirements for the degree 
of Bachelor of Business Administration, consult the section of 
the catalog dealing with the Charles H. Babcock School of 
Business Administration. 

Admission to the Upper Division 

The work in the lower division, as specified in the preceding 
pages of this section, is intended to give the student an intro- 
duction to the various fields of knowledge and to lay the founda- 
tion for concentration in a major subject and related fields 
during the junior and senior years. 

Before applying for admission to the upper division and 
beginning work on the major subject, a student should have 
64 credit hours and 128 quality points in the lower division. In 

84 



Upper Division 



no case will a student be admitted to the upper division with 
fewer than 54 hours of credit and 108 quality points. 

All students at the end of the sophomore year or at the 
beginning of the junior year are required to pass a proficiency 
test in the use of the English language. 

Course of Study for the Upper Division 

Thirty days before the end of his sophomore year each 
student is required to indicate to the Registrar and to the 
department or school concerned his selection of a major subject 
in which he wishes to concentrate during his junior and senior 
years. Before this selection is formally approved by the 
Registrar, however, the student must present to him a written 
statement from the authorized representative of the depart- 
ment or school in which he wishes to major that he has received 
the permission of that department or school. The student will 
also at this time be assigned a specific adviser from the depart- 
ment or school to assist him in planning his work for the 
junior and senior years. 

A department which rejects a student as a major will file with 
the Dean of the College a written statement including the 
reason (s) for the rejection. 

After the beginning of the junior year a student may not 
change from one major to another without the approval of the 
departments concerned. 

The student's course of study for the junior and senior years 
includes the minimum requirements for the departmental major 
(see the table below), together with such other courses as he 
shall select and his adviser shall approve — the latter courses 
to be sufficiently related to the student's major to justify their 
inclusion in his program. This course of study must include 
a minimum of 42 hours in the student's field of concentration 
(that is, his major and related courses) beyond the basic course 
requirements as outlined on pages 82-84. 

Students preparing for the ministry are advised to elect twelve 
additional hours in religion beyond the six hours included in 
the basic requirements. 

85 



Senior Testing Program 



The following list indicates the number of hours required 
in the departmental majors: 

Department Major 

Anthropology 30 

Biology 36 

Chemistry 37 

Economics 30 

Education 18 

English 30 

French 30 

German 30 

Greek 30 

History 30 

Latin 30 

Mathematics 33 

Music 36 

Philosophy 24 

Physical Education 35 

Physics 33 

Political Science 30 

Psychology 30 

Religion 30 

Religious Education 30 

Sociology 30 

Spanish 30 

Speech 30 

At least half of the major must be completed in Wake Forest 
College. 

Beyond the basic course requirements and the approved 
course of study in his field of concentration, the student will 
elect other courses up to a minimum of 128 hours. 

Not more than 40 hours of the 128 hours required for gradu- 
ation may be taken in a single field of study. For the purposes 
of this regulation, the following fields of study are recognized: 
Biology, Chemistry, Economics, Education, English, French, 
German, Greek, History, Latin, Mathematics, Music, Philos- 
ophy, Physical Education, Physics, Political Science, Psychol- 
ogy, Religion, Sociology and Anthropology, Spanish, Speech. 

Senior Testing Program 

All seniors are required to participate in a testing program 
designed to provide objective evidence of educational develop- 
ment while in college. The program will employ measures of 

86 



Law 



academic achievement such as selected portions of the Graduate 
Record Examination and/or other tests deemed appropriate 
by the Executive Committee of the faculty. The tests are given 
in late spring, and relevant results are made available to the 
student for his information. The primary purpose of the pro- 
gram, however, is to provide the college with information that 
will facilitate the assessment of the total educational process. 
(This program does not supplant the regular administrations 
of the Graduate Record Examination for those students apply- 
ing for admission to graduate schools.) 

Degrees in the School of Law 

A combined course makes it possible for a student in Wake 
Forest University to receive the two degrees of Bachelor of Arts 
and Juris Doctor in six academic years or their equivalent 
instead of seven years which are required if the two curricula 
are pursued independently. The first three years of the combined 
course are in Wake Forest College and the last three are in 
the School of Law. 

Under this plan the student must first complete three years 
(96 semester hours) of academic work as follows: 

English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) 

Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see page 83] 

Religion (6 hours) [see page 83] 

History 111, 112 (6 hours) 

Mathematics (3 hours) 

Science, one of the following: 

Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) 

Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours) 

Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 
Philosophy 111 (3 hours) 
Economics 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology and Anthropology 

(6 hours) [see page 83] 
Physical Education (2 hours) 
One of the following: 

Language 211, 212 (6 hours) 

A second natural science (8 hours) 

Economics 213, 214 (6 hours) 

Additional mathematics (6 hours) 
*Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 

The requirement of a major subject for the academic degree 
is considered as satisfied by one year (29 semester hours) of 
Law. The details of the plan are as follows: 



Selected carefully in consultation with Law School adviser. 

87 



Medical Sciences 



One who completes the above specified 96 semester hours 
of work in the School of Arts and Sciences, with a minimum 
average of C (or two quality points for each semester hour 
undertaken) and the first full year (29 semester hours) of Law 
in the Wake Forest University School of Law, with an average 
sufficient for him to remain in the School of Law, will be 
awarded the Bachelor of Arts degree. 

The Juris Doctor degree will be awarded the student upon 
the completion of two additional years in the School of Law 
and upon fulfillment of the requirements for that degree as 
described on page 180. 

At least one year of the required academic work must be 
taken at Wake Forest College. A student who transfers from 
another institution at the end of his first or second year must 
maintain a minimum average grade of C on all academic work 
undertaken during his residence at Wake Forest College. 

The quantitative and qualitative academic requirements set 
forth herein are minimum requirements and do not necessarily 
entitle an applicant to admission to the School of Law. Admis- 
sion requirements are given in detail on pages 178-180 and in 
the Bulletin of the School of Law. 

Degrees in Medical Sciences 

A limited number of students, by taking advantage of the 
special arrangement explained here, may receive the B.S. degree 
with a major in Medical Sciences. 

Under this plan the student fulfills the requirements for the 
degree by completing three years of work in Wake Forest Col- 
lege with a minimum average grade of C, and by satisfac- 
torily completing the first full year of Medicine (at least 30 
semester hours) as outlined by the faculty of the Bowman 
Gray School of Medicine, with a record entitling him to promo- 
tion to the Second Year Class. At least one year (32 semester 
hours) of the required academic work must be completed in 
Wake Forest College. 

Candidates for the B.S. degree with a major in Medical 
Sciences must complete the following courses in the School 



88 



Medical Technology 



of Arts and Sciences before entering the School of Medicine 
for their fourth year of work:* 

Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) 

Biology (8 hours) selected from the following: 220, 226, 260, 309, 311, 

321, 350, 372. 
Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours) 
Chemistry 131 (4 hours) 
Chemistry 221 (4 hours) 
English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) 
Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see page 83] 
Mathematics (6 hours) 
Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 
Philosophy 111 (3 hours) 
Religion (6 hours) [see page 83] 
History 111, 112 (6 hours) 
Economics 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology and Anthropology 

(6 hours). [See page 83] 
Physical Education (2 hours) 
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 

The completion of the prescribed academic subjects does 
not necessarily admit any student to the School of Medicine. 
About fifty are chosen from a large number of applicants. All 
other factors being equal, applicants who have done all their 
college work in Wake Forest College are given preference. 

Degree in Medical Technology 

Students may qualify for the Bachelor of Science degree in 
Medical Technology by completion of the academic require- 
ments outlined below with a minimum average grade of C, and 
by satisfactory completion of the full course in Medical Tech- 
nology offered jointly by the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
and the North Carolina Baptist Hospital with a minimum 
weighted average of 80. At least one year (32 semester hours) 
of the required academic work must be completed in Wake 
Forest College. Candidates for the degree must complete the 
following three-year course before beginning study in the School 
of Medicine.! 

Biology 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Biology 151, 152 (8 hours) 

Biology 226 (4 hours) 

Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours) 



* See pages 183-184 and the special bulletin of the Bowman Gray School of Medicine for 
further information. 

t For admission information, see the special bunetin of Bowman Gray School of 
Medicine. 

89 



Engineering 

Chemistry (8 hours selected from courses with Chem. Ill, 112 as 

prerequisite.) 
English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) 
Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [see page 83] 
Mathematics (3 hours) 
Philosophy 111 (3 hours) 
Religion (6 hours) [see page 83] 
History 111, 112 (6 hours) 
Economics 213, 214 or Political Science or Sociology and Anthropology 

(6 hours). [See page 83] 
Physical Education 111, 112 (2 hours) 
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 

Degree With Major in Dentistry 

A student may fulfill the requirements for a B.S. degree with 
a major in Dentistry by completing three years of work in the 
School of Arts and Sciences with a minimum average grade 
of C, and by satisfactorily completing the first two years of 
work in one of certain approved dental schools designated by 
Wake Forest University, with a record entitling him to advance- 
ment to the Third Year Class. 

For this degree the requirements in the School of Arts and 
Sciences are the same as outlined above for the B.S. degree 
with a major in Medical Sciences. 

Degrees in Engineering 
The 3-2 Engineering Program 

Wake Forest University now cooperates with North Carolina 
State University in offering a broad course of study in the arts 
and sciences combined with specialized training in engineering. 

The program, for outstanding students, covers five years of 
study including three initial years on the campus of Wake 
Forest University and two full years of technical training at one 
of the schools of engineering. Depending upon the school and 
field of engineering chosen, it may be necessary for a student 
to take an additional summer's work in engineering. 

Upon successful completion of the five years of study the 
student will receive the degree of Bachelor of Science from 
Wake Forest University and the degree of Bachelor of Science 
in one of the specialized engineering fields from the engineering 
school of his choice. 

90 



Engineering 

By obtaining the first degree from Wake Forest University 
and the second from an engineering college, the graduate will 
be well suited for positions of higher responsibility where public 
relations and technical knowledge are combined. This combina- 
tion plan is recognized by nationally known educators as a wise 
program in allowing the student a broad background in the 
liberal arts in addition to the specialized and technical training 
involved in the engineering degree. 

The curriculum for the first three years must include all the 
basic course requirements for the Bachelor of Science degree, 
as outlined on pages 82-84 of this catalog. A suggested program 
follows : 

Freshman Year Hours 

English 111, 112 3 3 

Physics 111, 112 4 4 

Mathematics 111, 112 3 3 

Foreign Language 151, 152 3 3 

♦Religion 3 3 

Physical Education 111, 112 1 1 

17 17 
ROTC if elected 1 1 

18 18 

Sophomore Year Hours 

English 153, 156 3 3 

History 111, 112 3 3 

Physics 151, 152 3 4 

Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 4 4 

Mathematics 113, 251 3 3 

16 17 

ROTC if elected 2 2 

18 19 



* See page 83. 

91 



Forestry 

Junior Year Hours 

Mathematics 311 3 

Philosophy 111 3 

fMathematics Elective 3 3 

f Science Elective 4 4 

Humanities Elective 3 3 

+Economics 213, 214, or Political Science or 

Sociology and Anthropology 3 3 

16 16 
ROTC if elected 2 2 

18 18 

This is a rigorous curriculum and demands students with an 
aptitude for science and mathematics. The electives will be 
chosen in consultation with the engineering adviser in the 
Department of Physics. 

Degrees in Forestry 
Wake Forest University now cooperates with Duke University 
in an academic forestry training program. A student in this 
program devotes three years to study in the arts and sciences 
at Wake Forest University. (At least two years (64 semester 
hours) must be completed in Wake Forest College.) He spends 
the summer between his junior and senior years and the two 
following years in the Duke University School of Forestry. 
Upon the successful completion of this five-year course of study 
he receives the degree of Bachelor of Science from Wake Forest 
University and the degree of Master of Forestry from the Duke 
School of Forestry. 

A student who wishes to qualify for this program must make 
formal application for admission to the Duke School of Forestry 
not later than the end of the first semester of his third year 
in college. To qualify for admission he must have followed a 
planned course of study as outlined below, must have the official 
recommendation of Wake Forest University, and must have an 
over-all quality point ratio of at least 2.5. 



t Depending upon Engineering Specialty. 
t See page 83. 



92 



Forestry 

Candidates for the degrees in forestry must complete the fol- 
lowing three-year course before beginning study in the Duke 
School of Forestry: 

Biology 111, 112 or 151, 152 (8 hours) 

Economics 213, 214 (6 hours) 

Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116 (8 hours) 

English 111, 112, 153, 156 (12 hours) 

Language 111, 112, 151, 152 (0-12 hours) [See page 112] 

Mathematics 111, 112 (6 hours) 

Physics 111, 112 (8 hours) 

Philosophy 111 (3 hours) 

Religion (6 hours) [See page 113] 

History 111, 112 (6 hours) 

Physical Education (2 hours) 

Six hours beyond the first year introductory courses in any one of 

the biological, physical, or social sciences. 
Electives (to make a total of 96 hours) 

(Suggested electives: Biology, Chemistry, Logic, Mathematics, 

Speech) 

Students in this program will be advised in the Department 
of Biology. 



93 



COURSES IN THE COLLEGE 

Course Numbers 

The numbers of the courses offered by the various depart- 
ments are explained as follows: courses 1-99 carry no credit; 
courses 101-199 are primarily for freshmen and sophomores; 
courses 201-299, primarily for juniors and seniors; courses 
301-399, for juniors, seniors and graduate students; and 
courses 401-499, for graduate students. The letter S used as 
a prefix to a course number indicates that the course is offered 
during the summer session only. 

Courses with odd numbers are regularly given in the fall 
term; courses with even numbers, in the spring term. However, 
introductory or basic courses in many departments will be 
offered every term so that students may arrange their work in 
regular sequence, according to the time of entrance. Accord- 
ingly, revised class schedules will be distributed each term, 
containing the name of each instructor and the time and 
location of each class. 

Credit Hours Defined 

All credit hours are based upon the semester, or half of an 
academic year of nine months. In the departments which follow, 
in alphabetical order, the credit hours for each course are indi- 
cated by the number in parentheses following the course title. 
For courses including laboratory work, recitation and laboratory 
hours are given after the course description as, for example 
(3-4), 3 recitation hours, 4 laboratory hours. 

Both in the summer term and in the fall and spring terms, 
the credit for any course is the same, generally three hours 
based on 48 class periods, or the equivalent in laboratory work. 

Prerequisites and Corequisites 

The prerequisite for a course is indicated, for example, as 
P-153, meaning that course 153 in the department under con- 
sideration will be required for admittance to the desired course. 
When a prerequisite is in another department, the name of 
the department is given. The requirement of a corequisite is 
indicated, for example, as C-151. 



Honors Program 



Interdisciplinary Honors Program 

Wake Forest University offers an interdisciplinary Honors 
program for a limited number of highly qualified students. 
Participation is with the approval of the Faculty Committee 
on Honors. 

During their first three years in college, participants will 
schedule at least three interdisciplinary honors seminars (a total 
of nine semester hours, normally including 6 hours in the Lower 
Division and 3 hours in the Upper Division. ) Many students will 
probably not participate formally in the interdisciplinary pro- 
gram beyond the third year, but will choose instead to concen- 
trate on departmental honors work in their major fields. Stu- 
dents, however, who are not candidates for departmental honors 
and who have completed four interdisciplinary seminars with a 
superior record may elect Honors 281 (directed study culmi- 
nating in an honors paper and an oral examination). Those 
whose work in this course is superior and who have achieved 
an over-all quality point ratio of at least 3.0 in all college work 
will be graduated "with Honors in the Arts and Sciences." 
Those students, on the other hand, who have chosen to be 
candidates for departmental honors may not also be candidates 
for "Honors in the Arts and Sciences." 

The courses described below (except for Honors 281) are 
designed to supplement the usual general education of the fresh- 
man and sophomore years and the more specialized work of the 
junior year. Honors 281 will normally be scheduled in the first 
semester of the senior year. 

The Honors program is supervised by a Faculty Committee 
on Honors. Faculty participants in the interdisciplinary courses 
are drawn from various academic departments of the College. 

Honors 131, 132. Approaches to Human Experience (I). An inquiry 
into the nature and interrelationships of several approaches to man's 
experience, represented by the work of three such men as Leonardo da 
Vinci, St. Augustine, Dante, Newton, Gandhi, Confucius, Dostoyevsky, 
Mozart, Jefferson, and Einstein, Seminar discussion based on primary 
and secondary sources, including musical works and paintings. Written 
reports and a term paper required. 

(Offered in alternate years) 3 hours credit each semester 

Honors 133, 134. Approaches to Human Experience (II). A parallel 
course to Honors 131, 132, concentrating on the work of a different set 

95 



Honors Program 



of figures such as Buddha, Galileo, Tolstoy, Pascal, Camus, Picasso, 
Tagore, Sophocles, and Bach. 

(Offered in alternate years) 3 hours credit each semester 

Honors 233. Darwinism and the Modern World. A study of the Dar- 
winian theory of evolution and the impact of evolutionary thought on 
fields such as economics, politics, psychology, literature and the other 
arts, and philosophy. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 235. The Ideal Society. Man's effort to establish or imagine the 
ideal community, state or society, principles of political and social organi- 
zation, changing goals and values. Study of historical communities such 
as those of the pre-Christian Essenes, Geneva under John Calvin, 
Fourierite and Owenite communities of the 19th century. Reading in 
such works as Plato's Republic, Augustine's The City of God. More's 
Utopia, Bacon's The New Atlantis, Rousseau's Emile, Orwell's 1984, and 
Skinner's Walden Two. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 237. The Scientific Outlook. An exploration into the origins and 
development of the scientific method and into some of its contemporary 
applications in the natural and social sciences and the humanities. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit. 3 hours 

Honors 238. Romanticism. Romanticism as a recurrent characteristic 
of mind and art and as a specific historical movement in Europe and 
America in the late 18th and 19th centuries. Emphasis upon primary 
materials in such fields as philosophy, history, literature, music and 
painting. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit. 3 hours 

Honors 239. Man and the Irrational. The phenomenon of the irrational, 
with emphasis on its 20th century manifestations but with attention also 
to its presence in centuries and cultures other than our own. Such areas 
as philosophy, religion, literature, and psychology, politics and the arts 
will be explored. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 242. The Comic View. The theory of comedy in ancient and 
modern times; the expression of the comic spirit in literature, art, music, 
the theater and the motion picture. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

Honors 244. Man and the Structure of the Universe. An investigation of 
various conceptions of the universe and of their implications for man. 
Study will not necessarily be limited to the cosmologies of Ptolemy, 
Copernicus, and their modern successors, but may also include theories 
like Babylonian, Mayan, and Taoist. 

(Offered in alternate years) Credit, 3 hours 

96 



Art 



Honors 281. Directed Study. Readings on an interdisciplinary topic 
approved by the Faculty Committee on Honors; preparation of a major 
research or interpretative paper based on these readings, under the 
direction of a member of the Faculty; and an oral examination on the 
topic, administered by the faculty supervisor and the Committee on 
Honors. Eligible students who wish to take this course must submit a 
written request to the Committee on Honors by the end of the junior 
year. (Not open to candidates for departmental honors.) Credit, 3 hours 



Departmental Honors Program 

A number of departments in the College offer specialized 
honors programs for highly qualified majors, who may be gradu- 
ated "with Honors" in their major field. Details are given by 
the departments concerned. 

Art 

Associate Professor Boyd 
Associate Professor Aycock 

An Art major is not offered at the present time, but students 
interested in this area of study should consult the Chairman 
of the Department. 

Additional courses in Art History not listed below will be 
offered during the Fall Semester 1969. Students interested in 
these courses should consult either their advisers or the Art 
faculty during the registration period in September 1969. 

ART HISTORY 

Courses listed below are open to qualified Freshmen and 
Sophomores with permission of the instructor. 

265. Ancient and Medieval Art. (2) A survey of the arts as they 
developed in Egyptian, Mesopotamian, Minoan, Greek, and Roman civili- 
zations and Medieval Europe. P-junior standing. Mr. Aycock 

266. Renaissance and Modern Art. (2) A survey of the arts as they 
developed in Europe and the United States; emphasis on architecture, 
sculpture and painting. P-junior standing. Mr. Aycock 

268. American Art. (3) A history of art in the United States; emphasis 
on architecture, sculpture, painting, and the minor arts. P-junior standing. 

Mr. Aycock 

97 



Biology 

269. Italian Renaissance Art. (3) A survey of Italian painting and 
sculpture from 1400 to 1600. P-junior standing. Mr. Boyd 

270. Northern Renaissance Art. (3) A survey of painting in England, 
Flanders, France, and Germany from 1400 to 1600. P-junior standing. 

Mr. Boyd 

ART STUDIO 

111. Introduction to Painting. (3) A basic introductory course in design, 
composition, drawing and painting, with work in the various media of 
charcoal, pastel, watercolor, acrylic, and oil. (Afternoon hours to be 
arranged.) 

112. Introduction to Painting. (3) The Second semester continuation 
of Art 111. P-lll, except with permission of the instructor. 

Biology 

Professors Allen, Cocke, Flory 

Associate Professors Amen (Chairman), Dimmick, 

McDonald, Olive, Sullivan, Wyatt 
Assistant Professors Esch, Kuhn, Webber, Weigl 
Instructors Gregory, Lartigue 

A major in Biology consists of 36 hours which must include 
Biology 111, 112, 151, 152* and at least one course from four 
of the following five groups: 

A. Regulatory Biology: Biology 309, 311, 350, 353, 355. 

B. Structural and Developmental Biology: Biology 220, 227, 
228, 260. 

C. Environmental Biology: Biology 240, 321, 341, 344, 345. 

D. Systematic Biology: Biology 226, 231, 233, 334, 338. 

E. Interdisciplinary and Synthesizing Biology: Biology 314, 
318, 319, 390. 

At least one category (A-E) will include one course from 
Biology 227, 228, 318, 338, 345, 355. 

A student must achieve an overall QPR of 2.0 on all Biology 
courses attempted to graduate with a major in Biology. 

Required related courses for the major are one year of Physics 

* Students who have satisfactorily completed courses equivalent to Biology 111, 112 with 
written permission of the Chairman of the Biology Department may be allowed to take 
Biology 151, 152, provided they add other courses to complete the required hours jn 
Biology. Students who have satisfactorily completed courses equivalent to Biology 151, 152 
with the written permission of the Chairman of the Biology Department may be allowed 
to omit these courses from the requirements and substitute other courses to complete the 
required hours in Biology. Both 111, 112 and 151, 152 may not be omitted. 

98 



Biology 

and at least one semester of Chemistry beyond college chemis- 
try. Certain substitutions in required related courses may be 
made with the written permission of the Chairman of the 
Biology Department. 

The Physics requirement may be waived in the case of 
Biology majors who meet the requirements for a Class A teach- 
ing certificate in Biology. Majors in Biology who meet the 
requirements for a Class A teaching certificate in Biology may 
substitute Education 291, Materials and Methods in Mathe- 
matics and Science, for three of the 36 hours of required 
Biology. 

Advanced work in many areas of Biology may require addi- 
tional Chemistry and Mathematics courses. The major advisor 
will call these to the attention of majors, depending on their 
individual needs. 

Highly qualified Biology majors are invited by the Depart- 
ment to apply for admission to the honors program in Biology. 
They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR 
of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work 
in Biology, complete Biology 391, 392 and pass a comprehensive 
oral examination. They are then graduated with the distinction 
"Honors in Biology". For additional information consult mem- 
bers of the Biology staff. 

For majors, Biology 151, 152 are prerequisites for all courses 
numbered above 152 with the exception of Biology 218, 301, 
302, and 305. Non-majors may take other courses after having 
completed only Biology 111, 112 with the written permission 
of the instructors of the courses. 

The following schedule is recommended for students who 
desire to major in Biology: 

Freshman Year Sophomore Year 

English 111, 112 English 153, 156 

Mathematics (6 hours)* History 111, 112 

Language 151, 152** Pol. Sci., Sociol. and Anthro., or 

Biology 111, 112 Econ. 6 hours 



* Students are recommended to take Mathematics courses selected from 111-112, 161-162. 

** Students with language deficiencies or those beginning a new language must take 
Language 111-112 here and make suitable adjustments in the remainder of the program. 

*** Students who do not complete both Biology 111-112 and Chemistry 111-112-115-116 
are advised to complete Chemistry 111-112-115-116 in Summer School to satisfy the pre- 
requisites for Biology 151, 152 by the Sophomore year. 

Students taking Military Science or those with special deficiencies must modify this 
program. This will reduce the number of free electives available unless Summer School is 
utilized for these additional courses. 

99 



Biology 

Chemistry 111, 112, 115, 116*** Biology 151, 152 

Physical Education 111, 112 Chemistry 221, 222 or 341, 342 

Junior Year Senior Year 

Religion (6 hours) Required Advanced Biology 

Philosophy 211 Electives 

Physics 111, 112 
Required Advanced Biology 
Electives 

111, 112. General Biology and the Diversity of Life. (4,4) Fundamental 
ideas of the structure and activity of living systems with emphasis on 
the diversity of life. (3-3) 

151, 152. Biological Principles and the Unity of Life. (4,4) Physiological, 
developmental, genetic and evolutionary principles common to a wide 
range of living organisms, with emphasis on molecular and cellular 
aspects. P-lll, 112 and Chem. Ill, 112, 115, 116. (3-3) 

218. Botany for Everyday Use. (3) Chiefly for upper-class non-biology 
majors. To develop an essentially non-technical knowledge and appre- 
ciation of plants, the plant kingdom, and its products. (3-0) 

220. Comparative Chordate Anatomy. (4) A comparative study of the 
anatomy of chordate animals. Dissection of type forms in the laboratory. 
(2-4) 

226. Microbiology. (4) A study of the more important groups of micro- 
organisms. Major emphasis will be placed on the bacteria and their 
activities. (2-4) 

227. Survey of Non-vascular Plants. (4) Representative species of non- 
vascular plants (algae, fungi, mosses and others) will be examined with 
emphasis on morphology and phylogeny. (2-4) 

228. Survey of Vascular Plants. (4) A comparative phylogenetic survey 
of the vascular plants with emphasis on the structure, reproduction, and 
classification of selected types. (2-4) 

231. Invertebrates. (4) A systematic study of invertebrates with 
emphasis on comparative morphology, taxonomy, and phylogenetic rela- 
tionships. (3-3) 

233. Vertebrates. (4) A systematic study of vertebrates with emphasis 
on identification, distribution, classification, adaptations, and ecology. 
(2-4) 

240. Principles of Ecology. (4) Inter-relationships among living systems 
and their environments. Structure and dynamics of major ecosystem 
types. Contemporary problems in ecology. (2-4) 

260. Vertebrate Embryology. (4) A study of vertebrate embryological 
development. (2-4) 



See footnote, page 99. 

100 



Biology 

301. Principles of Modern Botany. t (3) A course for secondary school 
teachers designed to illustrate selected botanical principles. 

302. Principles of Modern Zoology.* (3) A course for secondary school 
teachers designed to illustrate important zoological principles. 

305. The teaching of Modern and Advanced Biology.t (6) Cooperative 
project between the University and Public Schools. Participation limited 
to experienced teachers of Biology. 

309. Genetics. (3) A study of the principles of inheritance and their 
application to plants and animals, including man. (3-0) 

311. Genetics Laboratory. (1) A laboratory course in the methods of 
breeding some genetically important organisms and of compiling and 
presenting genetic data. Biology 311 may not be taken independently of 
Biology 309. (0-2) 

314. Principles of Evolution. (3) Analysis of the theories, evidences, 
and mechanisms of evolution. (3-0) 

318. Economic Botany. (3) A survey of the Plant Kingdom, giving 
consideration to both the positive and negative importance of plants of 
all groups to man. P— 228 (3-0) 

319. History of Biological Sciences. (3) A survey of the historical back- 
ground and development of the biological sciences together with a 
biographical study of the outstanding biologists and physicians. (3-0) 

321. Animal Parasitology. (4) A survey of protozoan, helminth, and 
arthropod parasites from the standpoint of morphology, taxonomy, life- 
histories, and host-parasite relationships. (2-4) 

334. Entomology. (4) A study of insects from the standpoint of struc- 
ture, development, taxonomy, and phylogenetic relationships. (2-4) 

338. Taxonomy of Seed Plants. (4) A study of the classification of 
seed plants with emphasis on a comparative study of orders and families. 

(2-4) 

341. Population Ecology. (4) A study of the biology of populations with 
emphasis on dynamics and ecological relationships, including predation, 
competition, distribution, social factors; interactions with environment; 
life tables, regulatory mechanisms. P — 240 (2-4) 

344. Aquatic Ecology. (4) A study of the hydrosphere; an introduction 
to biological limnology and oceanography. P — 240 (2-4) 

345. Physiological Ecology. (4) Study of organisms as they are affected 
by the physical factors of their environment, with emphasis on tolerance 
to conditions of salinity, moisture stress, temperature, and light. P — 240 
(2-4) 



t Not for credit toward the M.A. Degree in Biology. 

101 



Biology 

350. Comparative Vertebrate Physiology. (4) Comparative animal 
physiology including quantum mechanics, thermodynamics and cyber- 
netics in explaining physiological processes. Phys. 111-112, recommended. 

(2-4) 

353. Comparative Invertebrate Physiology. (4) Functional aspects of 
the major invertebrate phyla, with emphasis on comparative physiological 
ecology. P — 231 and written permission of instructor. Chem. 221 recom- 
mended. (2-4) 

355. Plant Physiology. (4) The biophysics and biochemistry of major 
plant processes, with emphasis on the control mechanisms. (2-4) 

390. Scientific Communication. (3) An introduction to bibliographic and 
graphic methods, including microscopy, instrumentation, photography, 
scientific drawing and writing, and preparation of manuscripts. P — Per- 
mission of instructor. (2-2) 

391, 392, 393, 394. Special Problems in Biology. (1) Independent library 
and laboratory investigation carried out under the supervision of a 
member of the staff. P — Permission of the instructor. A maximum of 
two of these courses may be scheduled in any semester. (0-3) 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

411. Directed Problems in Biology. (1) 

412. Directed Problems in Biology. (1) 

413. Genetic Effects of Radiations (4) 
417. Cytology and Cytogenetics. (4) 
421. Experimental Parasitology. (4) 

425. Comparative Plant Anatomy. (4) 

426. Mycology. (4) 

427. Phycology (Algology). (4) 

431. Advanced Invertebrate Zoology. (4) 

433. 'Advanced Vertebrate Zoology. (4) 

438. Dendrology. (4) 

450. Cellular Physiology. (4) 

454. Ecological Animal Physiology. (4) 

455. Plant Growth and Development. (4) 
460. Experimental Developmental Biology. (4) 



* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

102 



Chemistry 

Chemistry 

Professors Nowell, P. J. Hamrick, Miller 
Associate Professors Baird, Blalock, Gross 
Assistant Professors Eckroth, Noftle 

An average of C in the first two years of chemistry is required 
of students who elect to major in this Department. Admission 
to any class is conditioned by satisfactory grades in prerequisite 
courses, and registration for advanced courses must be approved 
by the Department. 

Wake Forest University is on the list of schools approved by 
the American Chemical Society. 

The following scheduling of chemistry and certain related 
courses is strongly recommended for students considering a 
chemistry major. 

Freshman Year Sophomore Year 

Chemistry 111-112 Chemistry 341-342 

Chemistry 115-116 Chemistry 343-344 

English 111-112 English 153-156 

German 111-112 German 151-152 

Mathematics 111-112 Mathematics 113 

Physical Education 111-112 *Electives 9 hours 
*Electives 6 hours 

Junior Year Senior Year 

Chemistry 221-222 Chemistry 373-374 

Chemistry 361-362 Chemistry electives 6 hours 

Chemistry 363-364 *Electives 24 hours 
*Electives 18 hours 

The chemistry major includes a minimum of 30 credit hours 
of lecture courses and 8 credit hours of laboratory courses as 
approved by the Department. 

Ill, 112. College Chemistry. (3,3) Fundamental chemical principles. 

115, 116. Chemistry Laboratory. (1,1) Basic quantitative analysis. (0-3) 

131. Quantitative Analysis. (4) Quantitative analysis for students requir- 
ing additional analytical chemistry. For non-majors. P-112 (3-4) 

221, 222. Organic Chemistry. (3,3) Principles and reactions of organic 
chemistry. P-112 

223, 224. Organic Chemistry Laboratory. (1,1) Synthesis and identifica- 
tion of organic substances. For non-majors. C-221, 222 (0-3) 



Selected on approval of lower division or major adviser as appropriate. 

103 



Chemistry 

S301+, S302+. Principles of Chemistry. (3,3) Further study of funda- 
mental chemical principles. For public school teachers. P-112 (3-2) 

S305+. Introductory Organic Chemistry. (3) Introduction to principles 
and reactions of organic chemistry. For public school teachers. P-112 (3-2) 

323. Organic Analysis. (4) The systematic identification of organic 
compounds. P-222 (2-4) 

324. Organic Preparations. (3) A library, conference and laboratory 
course. P-222 (0-6) 

331. Instrumental Analysis. (4) The application of physical methods 
to analysis. P-341 (2-4) 

332.+ Analytical Chemistry. (5) The principles and methods of analy- 
tical chemistry. P-341 (3-6) 

341T, 342+. Physical Chemistry. (3,3) Fundamentals of physical chemis- 
try. P-112, Math 112; C-Phys 111-112. 

343+, 344+. Physical-Analytical Laboratory. (1,1) C-341, 342 (0-4) 

361, 362. Inorganic Chemistry. (3,3) Principles and reactions of in- 
organic chemistry. P-342 

363, 364. Organic-Inorganic Laboratory. (1,1) A unified laboratory for 
major students. C-221, 222, 361, 362. (0-4) 

371. Advanced Physical Chemistry. (3) Introduction to quantum chem- 
istry. P-342 

373, 374. Chemical Instrumentation. (1,1) A laboratory course in chem- 
ical instrumentation. P-342 (0-4) 

381, 282. Chemistry Seminar. (1) Discussions of contemporary research. 
No credit for one semester. 

391t, 392T. Senior Research. (2,2) Library, conference and laboratory 
work. (0-6) 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

421, 422. Advanced Organic Chemistry. (3,3) 

423. Heterocyclic Chemistry. (3) 

441. Molecular Structure. (3) 

445. Themodynamics. (3) 

447. Chemical Bonding. (3) 

491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 



t Not for credit toward the M.A. Degree in Chemistry. 
* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 



104 



Greek 

Classical Languages and Literature 

Professors Earp, C. V. Harris 
Assistant Professor Allison 
Instructors Hawkins, E. Merrill, Roberts 

A major in this Department consists of a minimum of 30 
hours in either Greek or Latin. 



GREEK LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

111, 112. Elementary Greek. (5,5) Greek grammar; selections from 
Greek prose writers and poets; collateral reading on Greek mythology, 
history, and antiquities. 
M T W Th F 9:00 

211. Xenophon. (3) Xenophon: Anabasis, fall term. Thorough drill in 
syntax. 

M W F 8:00 

212. Homer. (3) Homer: Iliad and Odyssey, spring term. Thorough drill 
in syntax. 

M W F 2:00 

222. Plato. (3) Plato: Meno or Apology, Crito, and selections from the 
Phaedo, spring term. 
M W F 10:00 

231. The Greek New Testament. (3) Selections from the Greek New 
Testament, fall term. 
M W F 10:00 

261. Greek Tragedy. (2) Euripides: Medea. This course will include a 
study of the origin and history of Greek tragedy, with collateral reading 
of selected tragedies in translation. 

T Th 11:00 

262. Greek Comedy. (2) Aristophanes: Clouds. This course will include 
a study of the origin and history of Greek comedy, with collateral reading 
of selected comedies in translation. 

T Th 11:00 

271. Greek Civilization. (2) Lectures and collateral reading upon those 
phases of Greek civilization which have particular significance for the 
modern world. A knowledge of the Greek language is not required. 

T Th 2:00 

272. Greek Literature in Translation. (2) A study of selections from 
Greek literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Greek 
language is not required. 

T Th 2:00 

105 



Latin 



II 

LATIN LANGUAGE AND LITERATURE 

111, 112. Introductory Latin. (3,3) A course intended for students who 
have never studied Latin and for those who present only one unit of 
Latin for entrance. 

M W F 8:00, 1:00; T Th 8:00, 11:00 

151, 152. Grammar, Cicero, Vergil. (3,3) This course will include (a) 
grammar, (b) Cicero's Letters, Vergil's Aeneid. Prerequisite, two units 
of entrance Latin or Latin 111, 112. 
M W F 11:00, 2:00; T Th 8:00 

211, 212. Livy, Horace, Pliny. (3,3) Livy: Selections, first semester. 
Horace: Odes and Epodes, Pliny's Letters, second semester. Prerequisite, 
four units of entrance Latin or Latin HI, 112 and 151, 152. 
M W F 9:00, 2:00 

221, 222. Tacitus, Horace, Martial. (3,3) Tacitus: Germania and 
Agricola, first semester. Horace: Satires and Epistles; Martial: Epigrams, 
second semester. 
M W F 10:00 

241, 242. Roman Comedy and Satire. (3,3) Selected plays of Plautus 
and Terence, first semester. Petronius and Juvenal, second semester. 
T Th S 9:00 

250. Latin Prose Composition. (3) Hours to be arranged. 

261, 262. Roman Philosophy. (3,3) Lucretius, Cicero. 
T Th S 9:00 

271. Roman Civilization. (2) This course consists of lectures and col- 
lateral reading upon the general subject of Rome's contributions to the 
modern world. A knowledge of the Latin language is not required. 

T Th 11:00 

272. Latin Literature in Translation. (2) A study of selections from 
Latin literature in English translation. A knowledge of the Latin language 
is not required. 

T Th 11:00 



106 



Economics 



Economics 

Associate Professor Wagstaff 
Assistant Professors Cage, Himan 
Instructor Ou 

A Bachelor of Arts degree with a major in economics is 
offered in the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Admini- 
stration. Courses in economics are open to all students, although 
Economics 213 and 214 are considered prerequisites for most 
advanced courses. 

In addition to the basic course requirements prescribed by 
the College, the major in Economics requires a minimum of 
30 credit hours in the field of Economics, including Principles 
of Economics, Micro and Macro Theory, and Business Statistics. 
The remaining 15 hours of the Economics major and 12 hours 
of required work in related fields are selected by the students 
and the Economics advisor. 

The courses listed below may be counted toward the major 
requirement in economics. 

Acct. 101, 102 Econ. 321 Econ. 413 

Econ. 213, 214 B.A. 340 Econ. 414 

Econ. 313, 314 B.A. 346 Econ. 415 

Econ. 312 B.A. 368 Econ. 419 

Econ. 315 Econ. 411 B.A. 434 

Econ. 316 Econ. 412 

For descriptions of the above courses, see the School of 
Business Administration section of this catalog. 

Those students wishing to graduate with the designation 
"Honors in Economics" must fulfill the requirements as 
designated under the section on departmental honors and in 
addition must complete Economics 419 and either Economics 
413 or 415. 

Highly qualified majors in Economics may be considered for 
admission to the honors program in Economics. Such candi- 
dates must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR 
of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 
Economics, complete a satisfactory economics research project, 
and pass a comprehensive oral examination on such project, and 
complete B.A. 419 and either B.A. 413 or B.A. 415. They are 
then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Economics." 

107 



Education 



Education 

Professors Parker, Memory, Preseren 

Associate Professors Elmore, Hall, Reeves, Syme 

Assistant Professor Hood 

Institutional Policy. The University recognizes that the 
educational profession is important to society and that the 
welfare of mankind is largely determined by the quality of 
educational leadership. One of the major objectives of Wake 
Forest University has been and continues to be the preparation 
of teachers and other professional school personnel. This com- 
mitment was reemphasized by vote of the faculty on November 
18, 1963. 

Wake Forest is committed to a high quality teacher education 
program, as evinced by selective admission to the program; a 
wide range of approved courses of professional instruction; and 
a closely supervised practicum suitable to the professional needs 
of the students. 

In addition to the professional program, the Department of 
Education provides electives courses open to all students, in- 
cluding those not in teacher education programs. Such courses 
supplement the work of other departments and provide generally 
for the liberal education of all students. 

Teacher Certification. The North Carolina State Department 
of Public Instruction issues the Professional Class A teacher's 
certificate to graduates of the University who have completed 
an Approved Program, including the specified courses in their 
teaching field (s) and the prescribed courses in Education, and 
who receive recommendations from the designated official (s) 
of their teaching area(s) and from the Chairman of the Depart- 
ment of Education. 

Special students not completing an Approved Program are 
required to secure an analysis of their deficiencies for the Class 
A certificate from the Division of Teacher Education of the 
North Carolina State Department of Public Instruction. The 
Wake Forest Department of Education will then plan a program 
to remove these deficiencies. 

Certification requirements for other states should be secured 
from the State Department of Public Instruction in the state 

108 



Education 

where certification is sought. The Wake Forest Department of 
Education will then assist in planning a program to meet certi- 
fication requirements of that state. 

Admission Requirements. Admission to the teacher education 
program occurs normally during the sophomore year. Admission 
involves filing an official application with the Department of 
Education, being screened by a faculty committee, and being 
officially approved by the Department of Education. 

Course Requirements. Junior standing is a general pre- 
requisite for all courses in Education. Psychology 151 and 
Speech 151 are recommended electives. 

The Approved Program of Teacher Education requires can- 
didates to complete successfully 18 semester hours in Education, 
including Education 201, 211, 251, 291, and 331. Education 211 
is taken in the junior year or first semester of the senior year 
but prior to the other required courses. The remaining work 
in the teacher education program is taken simultaneously 
during one semester of the senior year, according to availability 
of programs. 

While enrolled in the block semester, the student will not be 
allowed to take courses concurrently that would interfere with 
being in an assigned student teaching situation for the regular 
public school day (generally 8:00 a.m. to 3:45 p.m.) nor 
allowed to take more than one course occurring outside the 
regular school day. 

Major in the Department of Education. Ordinarily, teacher 
education students major in the academic area in which they 
plan to teach. Only students planning to be certified in the broad 
areas of Science or Social Studies are permitted to major in 
Education. 

Student Teaching. Prerequisites for registering for Student 
Teaching include: 

1. Senior or graduate standing or classification as a graduate- 
level special student. 

2. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken at Wake 
Forest. 

109 



Education 

3. A grade average of at least C on all courses taken in the 
area of certification or, in cases of two or more fields of certi- 
fication, in each of the areas. 

4. Approval for admission to the Teacher Education Program. 

5. Successful completion of Education 211. 

6. Approval by a Student Teaching Screening Committee. 

Students are assigned to Student Teaching opportunities on 
the basis of available positions and professional needs of the 
students. The University does not assume the responsibility for 
transportation to the schools during Student Teaching. 

Academic Requirements 

English— 36 hours, including English 111, 112, 153, 156, 301, 323 or 324; 
at least 3 additional hours in a literature course; at least 3 additional 
hours in a language course. 

French— 30 hours, including French 151, 152, 211, 212, 221, 222, 223, 224, 
or their equivalents; at least 6 hours of courses in literature beyond 212. 

German— 30 hours, including German 151, 152, 211, 212, 217, 218, 219, 
220, or their equivalents; at least 6 hours of courses in literature beyond 
212. 

Latin — 24 hours based on two or more high school units; otherwise 30 
hours. 

Spanish— 30 hours, including Spanish 151, 152, 211, 212, 221, 222, 223, 
or their equivalents; 9 hours chosen from 222, 224, 225, 226; and at 
least 6 hours of courses in literature beyond 212. 

Mathematics — 30 hours, including Mathematics 111, 112, 113, 121, 321, 
331, 332; others as prescribed by the chairman of the Mathematics 
department. 

Music — Approximately 41 hours. For further information, consult Music 
department section of this catalog or the chairman of the Music de- 
partment. 

Physical Education and Health — 44 hours, including Physical Education 
220, 221, 224, 251, 254, 258, 352, 353, 355, 356, 357, 363, 222 or 228, 
and Biology 111, 112. 

Science — 46 to 51 hours, including 8 in Biology, 8 in Chemistry, 8 in 
Physics, 6 in Mathematics, plus further depth in Biology (16 hours), 
Chemistry (21 hours), or Physics (17) hours). Certification is allowed 
in Biology with 24 hours, Chemistry with 29 hours, or in Physics 
with 25 hours. 

110 



Education 



Social Studies — 42 hours, including History 111, 112, 151, 152, Economics 
213, 214, Political Science 151, 152, Sociology 151, 9 additional hours 
of History divided between the American and non-American fields, 
3 additional hours of Sociology, 3 hours of Geography. Certification 
is allowed in each of the fields of Economics, History, Political Science 
and Sociology with 24 hours in that field. 

Speech— 30 hours, including Speech 151, 161, 121 or 228, 231, 241 or 
242, 252, 261 and 152 or 251 and 272. 

Required Courses 
These courses are required for a teaching certificate. 

201. Foundations of Education. (3) Philosophical, historical, and sociol- 
ogical foundations of education including analysis of contemporary issues 
and problems. P-211 

211. Educational Psychology. (3) General principles of adolescent 
development. The nature, theories, processes, and conditions of effective 
teaching-learning. Appraising and directing learning. Internship. 

251. Student Teaching. (6) Systematic and formal observations in 
teaching situations. Supervised student teaching. Practical experiences 
in teaching-related activities. Graded "Pass-Fail". For requirements and 
prerequisites see pages 109-110. P-211 

291. Methods and Materials. (3) Methods, materials, and techniques 
used in teaching the various subjects. P-211 

Teaching of English, each term. 

Teaching of Foreign Languages, fall term. 

Teaching of Health and Physical Education, spring term. 

Teaching of Mathematics, spring term. 

Teaching of Music, spring term. 

Teaching of Science, fall term. 

Teaching of Social Studies, each term. 

Teaching of Speech, spring term. 

331. The School and Teaching. (3) Organization of the American school 
system. Legal and financial basis of education. The curriculum. Major 
problems of education and teaching. The role of the teacher. Psychological 
aspects of teaching. P-211 

Elective Courses 

301. Audio-Visual Education. (3) A survey of the theory, history, and 
techniques of using audio-visual aids, and their application to the cur- 
rent educational program. 

303. History of European Education. (3) A study of educational theory 
and practice from Greek civilization through twentieth century Europe, 

111 



Education 



emphasizing the writers and philosophers who have contributed to 
western educational thought. 

304. History of American Education. (3) A study of education in the 
United States from Colonial days to the present, with special focus on 
the social forces which have influenced American educational thought. 

321. Measurement and Guidance. (3) Statistical techniques as applied 
to mental and educational measurement; the interpretation and use of 
standard tests, the construction of informal objective tests, and counseling. 

341. Introduction to Counseling. (3) Historical foundations of counsel- 
ing. Counseling theories, techniques, and research, including psycho- 
analytic, client-centered, eclectic, behavioral, and existential approaches. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

405. Sociology of Education. (3) 
407. Philosophy of Education. (3) 
411. Human Growth and Development. (3) 
413. Psychology of Learning. (3) 
421. Educational Research. (3) 
431. Foundation of Curriculum Development. (3) 
433. Supervision of Instruction. (3) 
435. Organization and Administration of Education. (3) 
441. Psychology of Counseling. (3) 
443. Vocational Psychology. (3) 
445. Counseling Laboratory and Internship. (3) 

451, 452. Administrative Internship. (3,3) 
483. Readings and Research in Education. (3) 

491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 

493. Basic Concepts of Remedial Reading. (3) 

494. Advanced Practices in Remedial Reading. (3) 

495. High School Reading. (3) 



* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

112 



English 

English 

Professors Gossett, Phillips, Snuggs, Wilson 

Associate Professors Aycock, Brown, Carter (Chair- 
man), Kenion, Potter, Shorter 

Assistant Professors J. B. Allen, Drake, Fosso, Gray, 
Raynor, Walhout 

Instructors Hollowell, Howard, Lovett, McDonough, 

Small 

Lecturer Shaw 

Courses 111, 112, and 153, 156, for freshmen and sophomores, 
are prescribed for all degrees, and are prerequisites for admis- 
sion to all advanced courses in English. 

The major in English requires a minimum of 30 credit hours, 
of which at least 18 must be taken in courses numbered above 
200. The minimum requirement for all English majors is five 
advanced courses in literature. Of these, three must be in 
English literature (including one in literature before 1700 and 
one in literature after 1700) and one in American literature. 
The advanced courses must also include one course in each 
of the major genres: poetry, fiction, and drama; and one single- 
author course and one period course. 

(A single course may satisfy two or three of the categories 
above. For example, a course in Shakespeare would satisfy the 
requirements for a course in English literature before 1700, 
a course in drama, and a single-author course.) 

Highly qualified English majors are considered by the Depart- 
ment for admission to the honors program in English. To be 
graduated with the designation of "Honors in English," they 
must earn a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 
3.3 on all work in English; complete at least 18 hours in 
advanced courses in English, meeting the distribution require- 
ments for all English majors and including in addition English 
281, 282 (to be taken in the senior year) ; complete satisfactorily 
a senior research paper; and pass a comprehensive examination 
based on a general reading list and on a specialized reading list 
in a special area chosen by the student. 

113 



English 

II. Composition Review.* Essentials of standard usage and the basic 
principles of unity and coherence in sentence and paragraph; frequent 
themes. 

III. English Composition. (3) A basic course in writing, which provides 
training in clear thinking, analytical reading, and effective expression. 

112. Composition and Literature. (3) Continued practice in writing; 
readings in literary types. P-lll 

153. Major British Writers I. (3) Major works of British poets and 
prose writers, including Chaucer, Shakespeare, Milton, and Swift. 
Emphasis on reading rather than on literary history. P-lll, 112 

154. Major British Writers II. (3) British writers from the Romantic, 
Victorian, and modern periods. Emphasis on reading rather than on 
literary history. May not be taken in the place of English 153 or English 

156. P-lll, 112 

156. Major American Writers.f (3) Major American poets and prose 
writers of the nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Emphasis on reading 
rather than on literary history. P-lll, 112 

212. Literary Criticism. (3) Study of the basic principles of the great 
critics with practical application to specific literary works. 

246. Modern Drama. (3) Extensive reading in the works of representa- 
tive European, British and American dramatists from Ibsen to the 
present, with attention to the evolution of modern techniques. 

248. The Modern Novel. (3) Readings in twentieth century British and 
American fiction. Mr. Potter 

253. American Fiction. (3) Studies in the novel and the short story, 
with reading of representative works of Cooper, Poe, Hawthorne, Melville, 
James, and others. 

261. Essay Writing. (2) Primarily for those interested in writing for 
publication, with concentration on the various types of essays; admission 
to the class only after conference with the instructor. Mr. Shaw 



* Proficiency in the use of the English language is recognized by the Faculty as a re- 
quirement in all departments. A composition condition, indicated by cc under the grade 
for any course, may be assigned in any department to a student above the freshman year 
whose writing is unsatisfactory, regardless of previous credits in composition. Also the 
composition of all rising juniors, both Wake Forest students and transfers, is examined for 
proficiency. The writing of Wake Forest students is checked during their last course in 
sophomore English; that of transfers is checked during the orientation period each fall. 
For removal of a composition condition the student is required to take English 11 during 
the first semester for which he registers following the assignment of the cc. Since English 
11 is not taught^in the summer terms, a summer school student needing to remove a 
composition condition may repeat English 111 without credit. Removal of the deficiency is 
prerequisite to graduation. 

t This course is required of all sophomores in Wake Forest College, on the theory that 
every college student should have an introduction to the literature of his own country. It is 
not required of students who transfer from other standard institutions with credit for the 
regular one-year course in sophomore literature, regardless of the content. 

114 



English 

262. Short Story Writing. (2) A study of the fundamental principles 
of short fiction writing; constant practice in writing; admission by con- 
sent of the instructor. Mr. Shaw 

264. Advanced Expository Writing. (3) An advanced course in expo- 
sition. Emphasis on logical thinking and on clarity and cogency in organi- 
zational structure and style. May not be taken by a student who has 
already received credit for English 263. Not credited toward an English 
major. P-153, 156, C average in 111, 112, and permission of the instructor. 

Mrs. Raynor 

281, 282. Honors Course in English. (2,2) A conference course for 
senior students who wish to graduate "with Honors in English." Atten- 
tion given to the special reading requirement and the thesis requirement. 

Mr. Potter 

301. The Structure of English. (3) An introduction to the principles and 
techniques of descriptive linguistics applied to contemporary American 
English. The chief concern is with syntax, morphology, and phonology. 
The course satisfies a state requirement for public-school certification in 
English. Also open to students who do not plan to teach. 

304. History of the English Language. (3) A survey of the development 
of English syntax, morphology, phonology, and vocabulary from Old 
English to the present day. 

310. Introduction to Medieval Literature. (3) A study of important 
medieval literary works, exclusive of Chaucer's, illustrating literary 
genres, theories of interpretation, and major literary themes. 

Mr. Allen 

311. English Drama to 1580. (3) English dramatic literature from the 
medieval beginnings to 1580, with emphasis on the Cycle Plays, Morali- 
ties, and early secular dramas. Mr. Shorter 

315. Chaucer. (3) Emphasis on The Canterbury Tales and Troilus and 
Criseyde; some attention to sources and to literary and social background. 

Mr. Shorter 

319. Sixteenth Century Literature. (3) Survey of major non-dramatic 
prose and poetry of Tudor England. Emphasis on Edmund Spenser 
and the later Elizabethans. Mr. FOSSO 

323, 324. Shakespeare. (3,3) An introduction to Shakespeare as a 
dramatist and poet in relationship to his predecessors and contem- 
poraries. A study of eight representative plays in 323, of eight others in 

324. Mr. Snuggs 

326. English Literature, 1600-1660. (3) Non-dramatic prose and poetry 
of the seventeenth century, exclusive of Milton. Consideration of the 
religious, political, and scientific background of the period. Mr. Fosso 

115 



English 

327. Milton. (3) The poetical works of John Milton, with the concen- 
tration on Paradise Lost, and with the reading of selected prose. 

Mr. Snuggs 

331. The English Novel to 1832. (3) The history of the English novel 
to 1832. Emphasis on Defoe, Richardson, Fielding, Smollett, Sterne, 
Austen, and Scott. Mr. Brown 

333. The Age of Pope. (3) Representative work of the major English 
writers of the period 1700-1740. Special emphasis upon Swift, Pope, 
Addison, and Steele, but attention also to other significant figures. 

Mr. Kenion 

334. The Age of Johnson. (3) Major English writers from Gray to 
Burns excluding the novelists; special attention to the letter writers and 
to Johnson, Boswell, Goldsmith, and Burns. Mr. Brown 

337. Romantic Poets. (3) A rapid survey of the beginnings of roman- 
ticism in English literature, followed by a study of Wordsworth, Cole- 
ridge, Byron, Keats, and Shelley; collateral reading in the prose of the 
period. Mr. Wilson 

338. Blake, Yeats, and Thomas. (3) A reading and critical analysis of 
the poetry of Blake, Yeats, and Dylan Thomas; some attention to the 
literary movements with which they are associated. Mr. Wilson 

340. Victorian Novelists. (3) A study of Dickens, Thackeray, the 
Brontes, Eliot, Meredith, with some attention to their contemporaries; 
special attention to the social and literary background. Mr. Drake 

341. The Major Victorian Poets. (3) A study of Tennyson, Browning, 
and Arnold as literary artists and as exponents of the literary, social 
and philosophical concepts of their era. Mr. Drake 

342. From Victorian to Modern. (3) English prose, poetry, and fiction 
from 1860 to 1900, with emphasis upon predominant social and intel- 
lectual currents of the period. Mr. Carter 

345. Twentieth Century Poetry. (3)* Selected American and British 
poets of the twentieth century. MlSS Phillips 

355. American Fiction from 1865 to 1915. (3) To include such writers 
as Twain, James, Howells, Crane, Dreiser, Wharton, and Cather. 

Mr. Gossett 

356. Intellectual and Social Movements in American Literature Since 
1915. (3) Selected topics such as naturalism, the novel of World War I, 
Freudianism, Marxism, existentialism. Mr. Gossett 

358. Whitman and Dickinson. (3) Studies in two major American poets 
of the nineteenth century. MlSS Phillips 

116 



Journalism 



359. Literature of the South. (3) Studies in the poetry and prose of 
the Southern United States, chiefly of the twentieth century. 

Mr. Walhout 

370. Satire. (3) A study of the nature and art of literary satire, based 
on examples of various forms and kinds to be selected mostly from 
English and American works subsequent to 1650. Mr. Kenion 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

(Note: Not every course listed in this section will be given 
every year, but at least two will be offered each semester of the 
regular academic year, and normally one will be offered each 
term of the summer session. 

410. Literary Criticism. (3) Mr. Snuggs 

415. Studies in Chaucer. (3) Mr. Shorter 

419. English Drama, 1580-1642. (3) Mr. Snuggs 

421. Studies in Spenser. (3) 

425. Studies in Seventeenth Century English Literature. (3) 

435. The Major Augustans. (3) Mr. kenion 

444. English Poetry of the Nineteenth and Twentieth 

Centuries. (3) Mr. Wilson 

455. Studies in American Fiction. (3) Mr. Gossett 

457. American Poetry. (3) Miss Phillips 

491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 

Journalism 

For a career in the newspaper profession, breadth of academic 
background is essential. The following courses, which provide 
the fundamentals of professional training, are concerned with 
the basic principles of journalistic writing and editing, and with 
a conception of the newspaper as a whole. 

271. Journalistic Writing. (3) Survey of the fundamental principles of 
news-writing; study of news and news values, and of outstanding news- 
papers. P-lll, 112 Mr. Shaw 



* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

117 



German 

272. Copy-editing. (2) A laboratory course in copy-editing, headline- 
writing, typography, and make-up. P-lll, 112, 271 Mr. Shaw 

274. Special Feature Articles. (2) Practice in writing articles for news- 
papers and magazines, with emphasis on selecting subject, gathering 
material, and on the preparation and sale of manuscripts. P-lll, 112, 
and preferably 271. Mr. Shaw 

277. The Editorial. (2) Analysis of editorial policies of typical news- 
papers, discussions of current events and topics for editorial expression, 
and practice in writing various types of editorials. P-lll, 112, 271, 272 

Mr. Shaw 

278. History of American Journalism. (2) A study of the development 
of the American newspaper, with detailed investigations of representative 
papers and editors, and with special reference to the problems of present- 
day journalism. P-lll, 112 Mr. SHAW 

German 
Professors O'Flaherty, Fraser 
Associate Professor Sanders 
Visiting Assistant Professor Rupp 
Instructors Bridgewater, Merrill 

In addition to the general requirements listed under "Depart- 
mental Honors Program" (see page 97) candidates for honors 
in German must: (1) participate in at least one senior seminar 
at this institution; (2) complete a research project under the 
direction of a member of the department. For further details 
students should consult a member of the department. 

Attention is called to the exchange program which Wake 
Forest University maintains with the Free University of Berlin 
(see page 60). 

Ill, 112. Elementary German. (3,3) This course covers the principles 
of grammar and pronunciation, and includes the reading of simple texts. 

151, 152. Intermediate German. (3,3) The principles of grammar are 
reviewed, and there is much reading of selected German prose and 
poetry. P-lll, 112 or equivalent. 

211, 212. Introduction to German Literature. (3,3) The object of this 
course is to acquaint the student with masterpieces of German literature. 
Parallel readings and reports are assigned. P-151, 152 

217. Conversation and Phonetics. (3) A course in spoken German, 
emphasizing facility of expression. Considerable attention is devoted to 
phonetics. P-152 or equivalent. 

118 



German 

218. Composition and Grammar Review. (3) A review of the funda- 
mentals of German grammar, with intensive practice in translation and 
composition. P-152 or equivalent. 

219. Advanced Composition. (3) A study of advanced grammar and 
composition. English texts will be translated into German in addition 
to free composition in German. P-218 or equivalent. 

220. German Civilization. (3) A survey of contemporary German cul- 
ture, including a study of its historical development in broad outline. 
The course is conducted in German. P-217 or permission of instructor. 

223, 224. Eighteenth Century German Literature. (3,3) The Enlighten- 
ment and Sturm und Drang are treated in the first semester; Weimar 
Classicism and early Romanticism in the second. 

263. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (I). (3) Reading 
and analysis of poetry, prose, dramas and critical works produced from 
approximately 1795 to 1848, with emphasis on Romanticism and Jung- 
deutschland. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 

264. German Literature of the Nineteenth Century (II). (3) This 
course emphasizes readings from the beginnings of Poetic Realism to 
the advent of Naturalism. P-211, 212 or equivalent. 

281. Seminar: Twentieth Century Prose. (3) Investigation of modern 
literary movements, centering on intensive study of certain works by 
Mann, Hesse, and Kafka, plus outside reading. 

285. Seminar: Goethe. (3) Faust Part I will be studied in class. Parallel 
readings in other works by Goethe will be assigned. P-211, 212 

287, 288. Honors Course in German. (2) A conference course involving 
extensive reading in German literature, the study of bibliography, and the 
techniques of research. A major research paper is required. Designed 
for students who are candidates for departmental honors. 



119 



History 

History 

Professors Covey, Gokhale, Perry, Smiley*, Stroupe, 
Lowell R. Tillett, Yearns* 

Visiting Professors Bronner, Tate 

Associate Professors Barnett (Chairman), Berthrong, 
Hendricks, Mullen, Zuber 

Assistant Professors Barefield, McDowell, J. H. Smith 

Instructors Hadley, Platte, Sinclair, Van Meter 

The Bachelor of Arts degree is awarded to students who com- 
plete the requirements for the bachelor's degree as stated else- 
where in this catalog and take their major in History. The 
History major is 33 semester hours and must include History 
111, 112, 151, and 152, or their equivalents. In addition, a 
prospective major must complete History 381, or its equivalent. 
No credit will be recommended for the course until a grade of 
at least C is awarded for the major paper. The remaining 18 
hours of the History major and 18 hours of required work in 
related fields are selected by the student and a History adviser. 

Highly qualified History majors are considered by the depart- 
ment for admission to the honors program in History. They 
must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of 
not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 
History, complete satisfactorily History 287, 288, and pass a 
comprehensive written examination. They are then graduated 
with the designation of "Honors in History." For additional 
information consult members of the History staff. 

Students contemplating graduate study should plan to take 
required and general survey courses early in their college 
careers, should include the course in Historiography, and should 
acquire a reading knowledge of one modern foreign language 
(preferably French, German or Russian) for the M.A. degree 
and two for the Ph.D. degree. For information regarding the 
Master of Arts degree in History at Wake Forest University 
consult the Bulletin of the Division of Graduate Studies. 

Ill, 112. Modern Europe. (3,3) Europe in its world setting from the 
Renaissance to the present. Prospective History majors should take this 
course in the freshman year. P-lll for 112 Staff 



Absent on leave, 1968-69. 

120 



History 

151, 152. The United States. (3,3) United States history including 
political, social, economic, and intellectual aspects. Prospective History 
majors should take this course in the sophomore year. 151: before 1865; 
152: after 1865. Staff 

215, 216. The Ancient World. (2,2) Critical focus on the Greeks in the 
fall, and Romans in the spring, but in global context of paleolithic to 
medieval; psychological-philosophical stress. Mr. Covey 

220. The Reformation. (2) Europe in the 16th century with religious, 
social, and intellectual developments stressed. Mr. Barefield 

221. The Renaissance. (3) Western Europe, 1300-1520, with social, cul- 
tural, and intellectual developments stressed, and with particular atten- 
tion given to Italy. Mr. Barefield 

240. History of the American Negro. (3) The role of Afro-Americans 
in the development of the United States with particular attention to 
African heritage, forced migration, Americanization, and influence. 

Mr. Smith 

257, 258. The South. (3,3) Geography, population elements, basic insti- 
tutions, and selected events. Mr. Smiley 

264. Economic History of the United States. (3) The economic develop- 
ment of the United States from colonial beginnings to the present. This 
course may count as History or Business Administration, but not both. 

Mr. Perry 

265. American Diplomatic History. (3) An introduction to the history 
of American diplomacy since 1776, emphasizing the effects of public 
opinion on fundamental policies. Mr. Perry 

271. 272. Latin American. (3,3) Colonial: fall; national: spring; cul- 
tural-configurational approach. Mr. COVEY 

287, 288. Honors Course in History. (3,3) A two-semester sequence of 
seminars on problems of historical synthesis and interpretation. Designed 
for seniors who are candidates for distinction in history. Staff 

311, 312. Social and Intellectual History of Modern Europe. (3,3) West- 
ern European thought and culture in relationship to economic, social, 
and political developments. Fall: seventeenth and eighteenth centuries; 
spring: nineteenth and twentieth centuries. Mr. Berthrong 

315. The Middle Ages. (3) A survey of European history, 400-1300, 
stressing social and cultural developments. Mr. Barefield 

316. France and England in the Twelfth and Thirteenth Centuries. (3) 
Topics to be discussed include the structure of society, the nature of law, 
church-state relations, intellectual developments. P-315 or permission 
of instructor. Mr. Barefield 

121 



History 

319, 320. Germany. (3,3) Fall: the origins of the German nation and the 
rise of Brandenburg-Prussia in a context of German particularism. 
Spring: from the Reich of Bismark to divided Germany. 

Mr. McDowell 

323, 324. England. (3,3) A political and social survey, with some atten- 
tion to continental movements. Fall: to 1603; spring 1603 to present. 

Messrs. Barnett, Hadley 

325. 326. Tudor and Stuart England. (3,3) An intensive constitutional 
and social study of the period. Fall: the Tudors; spring: the Stuarts. 
(Not offered 1969-70.) Mr. Barnett 

329, 330. Modern England. (3,3) The political, social, economic, and 
cultural history of England since the accession of the Hanoverians in 
1714. Fall: to 1815; spring: since 1815. Mr. Hadley 

331, 332. Russia. (3,3) Primarily political, with some attention to cul- 
tural and social developments. Fall: the Russian Empire; spring: the 
Soviet Union. Mr. Tillett 

338. Recent European History. (3) Political and economic changes in 
Europe since 1914, with emphasis on the influence of public opinion. 

Mr. Mullen 

341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia. (3,3) The history 
and culture of Southeast Asia from the earliest times to the present; 
special attention to religion, social organization, economy, literature, art, 
and architecture. Mr. Gokhale 

343. Imperial China. (3) The development of traditional institutions in 
Chinese society to 1644, with attention to social, cultural and political 
factors, emphasizing continuity and resistance to change. (Not offered 
in 1969-70). Mr. Sinclair 

344. Modern China. (3) The Manchu Dynasty and its response to the 
Western challenge; the 1911 Revolution; the warlord era and rise of 
the Communists; Chinese Communist society and the Cultural Revolu- 
tion. (Not offered in 1969-70.) Mr. Sinclair 

345. 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. (3,3) An introduction 
to the history and civilization of South Asia. Emphasis on historical 
developments in the social, economic, and cultural life. Mr. GOKHALE 

347, 348. Modern India. (3,3) The historical development of India since 
1600. Topics include the Mughal Empire, the growth of British rule, and 
the Western impact on the emergence of modern India. 

Mr. Gokhale 

349, 350. East Asia. (3,3) An introduction to the social, cultural, and 
political development of China, Japan, and Korea. Fall: to 1600; spring: 
since 1600. Mr. Sinclair 

122 



History 

351, 352. Social and Intellectual History of the United States. (3,3) A 
non-political approach to American History, concentrating on the rela- 
tionship between ideas and society. Religion, science, education, archi- 
tecture and immigration are among the topics discussed. Mr. ZUBER 

353. Colonial America. (3) The background and development of colonial 
America to 1763. Emphasis on political, social, economic, and cultural 
characteristics as they became uniquely American. Mr. Hendricks 

354. Revolutionary and Early National America 1763-1820. (3) The 
American Revolution, its causes and effects, the Confederation, the Con- 
stitution, and the new nation as it gained complete independence. 

Mr. Hendricks 

355. The Westward Movement. (2) The role of the frontier in United 
States history, 1763-1890. Mr. Smiley 

359. Recent American History I. (3) The United States from the 
Populist Era to the "Roaring-Twenties," including reform movements 
of the late nineteenth century, imperialism, progressivism, and World 
War I. Mr. Smith 

360. Recent American History II. (3) The United States from the 
"Roaring-Twenties" to contemporary times, including the Great Depres- 
sion, the New Deal, World War II and post-war developments. 

Mr. Smith 

362. American Constitutional History. (3) The origins of our constitu- 
tional system, the controversies involving the nature of the union, con- 
stitutional readjustments to meet the new American industrialism, and 
the modern Constitution. Mr. Yearns 

367, 368. North Carolina. (3,3) Selected phases of the development of 
North Carolina from colonial beginnings to the present. Fall: to 1789; 
spring: since 1789. Mr. Stroupe 

381. Historical Methods and Research. (3) Designed for majors in 
History. Orientation in historical methodology, instruction in the biblio- 
graphical tools of the major fields of history, and individual research and 
writing directed by members of the staff. 

391, 392. Historiography. (2,2) A survey of the principal historians 
and their writings from ancient times to the present. Fall: European 
historiography; spring: American historiography. Mr. Perry 

Courses for Graduate Students 

411, 412. Seminar in Modern European History. (3,3) 

Mr. Tillett 

435. European Diplomatic History, 1848-1914. (3) 

Mr. Mullen 

123 



Mathematics 



436. Europe Since 1939 (3) Mr. McDowell 

442. Seminar on Southeast Asia. (3) Mr. Gokhale 

445. Traditional India. (3) Mr. Gokhale 

447. Seminar on Modern India. (3) Mr. Gokhale 
451, 452. Seminar in United States History. (3,3) Mr. Smiley 

458. Civil War and Reconstruction. (3) Mr. Yearns 

491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) Staff 

Mathematics 

Professors Gentry, Johnson, Sawyer, Seelbinder 

Visiting Professor Brauer 

Associate Professors Gay, Gaylord May, Graham May, 
Waddill 

Assistant Professors Baxley, Howard 

Instructor Richman 

Vice President Lucas 

This Department offers basic courses in each of the main 
divisions of Mathematics: algebra, analysis, geometry, applied 
mathematics. 

A major in this Department (33 hours) must include courses 
111, 112, 113, 121, 311, 321, 331. 

Any student preparing to teach mathematics in the secondary 
school should include in his program courses 111, 112, 113, 121, 
321, 331, 332. 

Highly qualified Mathematics majors are considered by the 
Department for admission to the honors program in Mathe- 
matics. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn 
a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all 
work in Mathematics, complete satisfactorily a senior research 
paper and pass a comprehensive oral and written examination. 
They are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in 
Mathematics." For additional information consult members 
of the Mathematics staff. 

124 



Mathematics 



102. Principles of Mathematics. (3) Selected topics of pre-calculus 
mathematics for non-science students. No student will be allowed credit 
for both 105 and 102. 

105. Introduction to Mathematical Analysis. (3) Pre-calculus mathe- 
matics. No student will be allowed credit for both 105 and 102. 

Ill, 112, 113. Calculus with Analytic Geometry I, II, III. (3,3,3) Dif- 
ferential and integral calculus and an investigation of the basic ideas of 
analytic geometry. 

121. Linear Algebra. (3) Vectors and vector spaces, linear transforma- 
tions and matrices, linear groups and determinants. 

142. Introduction to Axiomatic Methods. (3) A sophomore-level course 
to facilitate the transition from courses which emphasize problem solving 
to one in which the emphasis is on proving theorems. Many theorems 
and types of proof will be considered. 

157. Introduction to Probability. (3) Probability and distribution func- 
tions, permutations and combinations, means and variance with appli- 
cations. One who takes this course may not receive credit for B.A. 368 
or Soc. 280. 

161. Modern Finite Mathematics. (3) Sets, mathematical models, 
probability, matrices, linear programming, decision theory, and theory of 
games. 

162. Analysis for the Biological Management and Social Sciences. (3) 
Selected topics in analytic geometry and differential and integral calculus. 
No student will be allowed credit for both 162 and 111. 

174. Surveying. (3) Elementary plane surveying. (2-2). 

232. Foundations of Geometry. (3) A course of logic in geometry with 
special emphasis on undefined concepts, postulates, definitions and 
theorems. 

251. Differential Equations. (3) First order equations, theory and 
solutions of higher order linear equations, series solutions, existence 
and uniqueness theorems. 

255. Theory and Applications of the Digital Computer I. (1) Basic 
theory and applications of computers. Intensive study and laboratory 
training in coding and programming, using Fortran. One hour lecture, 
two hours laboratory for one-half semester. 

256. Theory and Applications of the Digital Computer II. (3) A con- 
tinuation of Math 255, including PL/1, Symbolic Programming Systems, 
and basic machine language. (2-2) 

294. History of Mathematics. (3) The development of mathematics, 
together with a study of the lives of leading mathematicians. P-113 

125 



Mathematics 



30 IT. Basic Concepts of Algebra for Teachers. (3) Number systems and 
associated mathematical structures (groups, rings, fields). 

302T. Basic Concepts of Geometry for Teachers. (3) Euclidean geometry 
with a brief introduction to non-Euclidean geometries. 

311+, 312. Advanced Calculus. (3,3) Elementary metric space topology, 
integration, differentiation, infinite series, implicit and inverse function 
theorems, integral theorems of vector analysis. 

317, 318. Theory of Functions. (3,3) Limits, implicit functions, power 
series, double series, Cauchy's Theorem and its applications, residues, 
Riemann surfaces, conformal mapping. 

321t, 322. Modern Algebra. (3,3) Groups, fields, rings, determinants, 
matrices, linear dependence, linear transformations, quadratic and 
bilinear forms. 

323, 324. Determinants and Matrices. (3,3) Basic concepts and theorems 
concerning determinants and matrices including some of the recent and 
most important results in the study of algebraic matrices. 

331+, 332. Geometry. (3,3) Euclidean and non-Euclidean geometry. 

333. Introduction to Topology. (3) Topological properties of spaces 
including Euclidean, metric and Hausdorff spaces. 

335. Projective Geometry. (3) Synthetic and analytic treatment cen- 
tering around Desargue's Theorem and the principal of projectivity. 

341. Foundations of the Number System. (3) Peano's Postulates, 
natural numbers, integers, rational numbers, real numbers, complex 
numbers. 

345, 346. Theory of Numbers. (3,3) Properties of integers, congruences, 
theorems of Fermat and Wilson, primitive roots, arithmetic functions, 
quadratic reciprocity, sums of squares. 

351, 352. Applied Analysis. (3,3) Vector analysis, complex integration 
vector spaces, linear transformations, Fourier Series, special functions, 
partial differential equations, calculus of variation. 

355. Numerical Analysis. (3) A computer-oriented study of various 
analytical and numerical methods. (2-2) 

357, 358. Statistics. (3,3) Probability distributions (discrete and con- 
tinuous), mathematical expectation, sampling distributions. Introduction 
to estimation and testing of hypotheses, regression and correlation and 
analysis of variance. C. 113 

381 J. Research (2) Library and conference work performed on an 
individual basis. Open only to students with superior records. Six hours 
per week. P-permission of the staff. 



t Not for credit toward the M.A. Degree in Mathematics. 

126 



Military Science 



Courses for Graduate Students* 

411, 412. Real Analysis. (3,3) 

413, 414. Complex Analysis. (3,3) 

421, 422. Abstract Algebra. (3,3) 

423, 424. Seminar on Theory of Matrices. (1,1) 
431. General Topology. (3) 
433. Algebraic Topology. (3) 
435. Differential Geometry. (3) 

443. 444. Seminar on Number Theory. (1,1) 

491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 

Military Science 
Colonel Hugh J. 'Turner, Jr., Professor 
Major Raymond E. Burrell, Assistant Professor 
Captain Thomas C. Richardson, Assistant Professor 
Captain Eddie J. White, Assistant Professor 
Captain Westford D. Warner, Assistant Professor 
Master Sergeant David Tinga, Assistant 
Master Sergeant Thomas L. Johnson, Assistant 
Sergeant First Class Edgar E. Shiver, Assistant 

The ROTC program is composed of a Basic Course (academic 
freshmen and sophomores) and an Advanced Course (academic 
juniors and seniors). 

The Basic Course seeks to develop initiative and confidence, 
to increase the capacity for leadership, to provide instruction in 
military subjects common to all branches of the Army, and to 
lay a foundation for intelligent leadership. 

The Advanced Course develops further the objectives of the 
Basic Course and enables students to qualify for commissions 
in the Army. Entrance into the Advanced Course is selective, 
based on demonstrated performance and potential. Upon grad- 
uation, students who have completed the Advanced Course 



* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

127 



Military Science 



receive commissions as Second Lieutenants in the United States 
Army Reserve. Those who have demonstrated outstanding lead- 
ership, scholarship and military aptitude may be designated 
"Distinguished Military Students" and may then apply for a 
Regular Army Commission. 

ROTC textbooks and uniforms are furnished without cost. 
The $20.00 uniform deposit required of each ROTC student, 
less charges for loss or damage, is refunded at the end of the 
school year or upon withdrawal from the Course. 

Advanced Course ROTC students receive a monetary allow- 
ance of $50.00 per month, except during the summer camp 
period at the end of the junior year. All summer camp expenses, 
including travel, are paid by the Government. Total remunera- 
tion for the Advanced Course is over $1,300.00. 

Except when credit for previous ROTC or military service is 
allowed, failure to enroll in ROTC as an academic freshman 
will normally preclude later participation. A highly competitive 
program for transfer students and others unable to take ROTC 
during their first two years is available to sophomores. Success- 
ful completion of a six-week basic summer camp prior to the 
junior year will qualify applicants under this program to enter 
the Advanced Course. Transfer students who have previously 
enrolled in any Department of Defense ROTC program usually 
may continue in Army ROTC at Wake Forest. 

ROTC students may apply for and receive a 1-D Selective 
Service deferment after the first semester of the freshman year. 

The contract between the University and the Department 
of the Army requires each student "to devote the number of 
hours to military instruction prescribed by the Secretary of 
the Army." The Department of Military Science therefore 
establishes separate rules on attendance and on procedures 
governing the ROTC program at the University. 

The ROTC Cadet Corps includes a Band, Drill Team, and 
Rifle Team. The latter, accepted as a minor sport, engages in 
intercollegiate competition. Chapters of the national military 
honor societies of Scabbard and Blade and Pershing Rifles are 
actively associated with the ROTC program. 

Exceptional achievement in military leadership and scholar- 
ship is recognized through a number of annual awards sponsored 
by the President of the University, the Department of the Army, 

128 



Music 

military associations and several patriotic organizations. Details 
may be obtained from the Professor of Military Science. 

Courses Offered — Military Science 

111, 112. First Year Basic. (1,1) The role, organization and manage- 
ment of national defense; introduction to basic military skills and lead- 
ership. Academic subject also required.* (I-IV2) 

151, 152. Second Year Basic. (2,2) American military history; methods 
of geographic location and reference; introduction to basic tactics; leader- 
ship application. P-lll, 112 (2-iy 2 ) 

211, 212. First Year Advanced. (2,2) Leadership techniques; military 
teaching principles; small unit tactics and communications; advanced 
leadership application. Academic subject also required.* P-151, 152 

(3-li/z) 

251, 252. Second Year Advanced. (2,2) Military operations, logistics, 
administration, and law; active duty orientation; supervision of Leader- 
ship Laboratory program. Academic subject also required.* P-211, 212 

(3-iy 2 ) 

Music 

Professor Thane McDonald 

Associate Professors Huber, P. S. Robinson 

Assistant Professor Giles 

Instructors Lucille S. Harris, Morie 

Part-Time Teachers Felmet, Stone 

Artist in Residence Kalter 

A student who is considering music as a major field must 
declare his intention to the department chairman as early as 
possible in his freshman year and take the musical aptitude test. 

A major in this Department requires 36 hours divided be- 
tween Applied Music (12-18 hours), Music Theory (9-12 hours, 
including Music 157, 158), and Musical Culture (minimum of 
6 hours). In addition, the Music major must present a minimum 
of 4 hours resident Ensemble! credit and demonstrate perform- 
ing ability in student recitals. At the discretion of the Music 
faculty a public recital will also be required. All Music majors 

* One academic subject, to be approved in advance by the Professor of Military Science, 
is required for the freshman, junior, and senior years. This subject, either elective or 
required by the University, will be one which furthers the professional qualifications of 
the student as a prospective officer in the United States Army. 

t No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester. Not 
more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation. 

129 



Music 

are required to attend all faculty and student recitals. No 
student taking an Applied Music course may perform publicly 
without the permission of the instructor. 

Students desiring North Carolina Teacher Certification in 
Music should note the requirement of 18 hours of Applied Music 
(including a keyboard proficiency equivalent to Piano 114a). 

Qualified Music majors are considered for admission to the 
honors program in Music provided they meet certain prelim- 
inary requirements and complete the academic requirements for 
the Music major with a minimum QPR of 3.3 in Music and an 
over-all minimum QPR of 3.0. Further requirements are: a 
memorized senior recital to include one lesser work assigned 
two weeks before the recital and prepared without the aid of 
the teacher; also the performance in the senior year of two 
additional memorized major works to be prepared without the 
aid of the teacher. 

Applied Music candidates for honors must also present to 
the music faculty a lecture-recital on the tonal and structural 
analysis of the material in the senior recital three weeks before 
the recital. Music Education candidates must prepare a major 
score during the final semester, do the total rehearsing and 
conduct it in a public performance. All candidates must com- 
plete satisfactorily a comprehensive examination in the fields 
of music theory, music history, and music literature. 

In the following curricula for Music majors only 40 hours 
of Music will be counted toward the 128 hours required for 
graduation. 

Bachelor of Arts with a major in one of the following areas: 
A. Applied Music hours 

Music 155, 156. Theory 6 

Music 157, 158. Theory 6 

Music 213. Counterpoint 3 

Music 214. Composition, Form and Analysis 3 

Music 233, 234. Music History 6 

Applied Music. Principal Instrument 16 

Music 109-116. Ensemble 4 

44 
Additional non- Music 88 

Total 132 

130 



Music 

B. Church Music 

Music 155, 156. Theory 6 

Music 157, 158. Theory 6 

Music 213. Counterpoint 3 

Music 214. Composition, Form and Analysis 3 

Music 229. Hymnology 3 

Music 230. Church Music Literature 3 

Music 231. Music in the Church 3 

Music 233, 234. Music History 6 

Applied Music. Organ and/or Voice 12 

Music 109-116. Ensemble ! 4 

Music (Education) 293. Voice Methods 1 

Music (Education) 295. Conducting 3 

53 

Additional non-Music 84 

Total 137 

C. Music Education (for Teacher Certification) 

Music 143, 144. Brass and Percussion Instruments Class 2 

Music 145, 146. String Instruments Class 2 

Music 147, 148. Woodwind Instruments Class 2 

Music 155, 156. Theory 6 

Music 157, 158. Theory 6 

Music 213. Counterpoint 3 

Music 214. Composition, Form and Analysis 3 

Music 233, 234, Music History 6 

Music 235, 236. Orchestration and Scoring for Band 4 

Music 291. Teaching of Music 3 

Music 293, 294, Voice Methods 2 

Music 295. Conducting 3 

Applied Music. Principal and Secondary Instrument 12 

Music 109-116. Ensemble 4 

Education (Additional Specified) 15 

73 

Additional non-Music 67 

Total 140 

Music Theory 

101. Fundamentals. (3) Music terminology, scales, keys, intervals, 
chords, rhythms, abbreviations and smaller forms. Primarily for students 
not majoring in music or music majors (without credit) having a 
deficiency in music thory. 

131 



Music 

155, 156. Theory. (3,3) Music reading as applied to vocal and keyboard 
performance. Rhythms in scale and interval singing. Ear training based 
on chord study equal to diatonic harmony. Aural study of the basic 
forms. P-101, or equivalent. 

157, 158. Theory (3,3) Study of triads, seventh and ninth chords and 
their inversions. Melody harmonization and practical composition in- 
volving modulation in the smaller forms. 

211, 212. Advanced Harmony. (3,3) Study of melody harmonization and 
composition in the smaller forms involving chromatic chords and non- 
harmonic tones. Analysis of passages drawn from standard literature. 

P-157, 158 

213. Counterpoint. (3) Strict counterpoint in the five species with two 
to four voices. Also a study of the "free" or modern counterpoint. 
P-157, 158 

214. Composition, Form and Analysis. (3) Study of practical compo- 
sition involving harmonic and contrapuntal materials in small and large 
forms. P-157, 158, 213 

235. Orchestration. (2) Study of instrumentation emphasizing orchestral 
styles, with practical experience in scoring for strings, winds, and per- 
cussion. P-158 or permission of instructor. 

236. Orchestration and Scoring for Band. (2) Advanced scoring for the 
orchestra or the contemporary concert band. Selection of the medium 
is made by the student with approval of the instructor. P-235 

Music Culture 

102. Music Appreciation. (3) Open to all students desiring an under- 
standing of music as an element of liberal arts culture and who wish to 
equip themselves for more intelligent appreciation and listening. 

225, 226. American Music. (3,3) First American composers, national 
songs, folk music. Contemporary choral and orchestral developments. 
Illustrative recordings. 

227, 228. Opera. (3,3) A survey of the development of opera. Repre- 
sentative works studied through recordings. 

229. Hymnology. (3) Hymns in their historical religious settings: Greek, 
Latin, Reformation, Metrical Psalms, Anglican, etc. 

230. Church Music and Literature. (3) Survey of the great oratorios, 
cantatas, anthems, and organ compositions of the church. 

231. Music in the Church. (3) Function of the church musician and the 
relationship of his work to the overall church program. 

233, 234. Music History. (3,3) Survey of the history, literature and 
meaning of music, aiming to stimulate intelligent hearing and under- 
standing of music and its social uses. Illustrative recordings. 

132 



Music 

Methods* 

291. Education-Teaching of Music. (3) Teaching and supervision of 
choral and instrumental music in the public schools, grades 1-12. P-157, 

15S 

293, 294. Education-Voice Methods. (1,1) Survey of voice technic with 
demonstration and application. Primarily for students preparing for 
choral conducting. 

295. Education-Choral and Instrumental Conducting. (3) Principles of 
conducting. P-157, 158 

297, 298. Education-Piano Literature. (2,2) Survey course of piano 
teaching materials. Several large works from the standard repertoire will 
be studied in detail during the second semester. 

Ensemble! 

109, 110. Orchestra. (1,1) Study and performance of works from the 
classical and modern repertoire as well as concerti, oratorios, contatas, 
operas and musicals. 

Ill, 112. Choir. (1,1) Study and performance of sacred and secular 
choral literature. This organization forms the chapel choir. A selected 
group forms the touring choir. 

113, 114. Band. (1,1) Concert Band: Study and performance of the 
standard band repertoire in regular campus and public appearances 
including an annual tour. 

Varsity Band: For those students who lack the necessary time and pro- 
ficiency to participate in the Concert Band. 

Marching Deacons Band: Performs for most of the football games and 
rehearses during the first half of the fall semester at the Concert Band 
time. 

115, 116. Accompanying. (1,1) Study of the elements of accompanying 
through class discussion and studio experience. One class meeting per 
week with three assigned laboratory periods. 

Applied Music 

Applied Music courses are open to all college students with 
the approval of the instructor. Applied Music Students are 
expected to attend all departmental Recital Hours. The follow- 
ing descriptions are suggested performance levels for the four 
years of study in the principal fields of concentration. 



* Each course in this division may count as either Music or Education, but choice must 
be indicated at registration. 

t No student may register for more than one hour of Ensemble credit each semester. Not 
more than eight hours Ensemble credit will be counted toward graduation. 

133 



Music 

Lesson and Practice Schedule 

Students enrolled in any Applied Music course will note the 
following schedule of weekly lessons and practice: 

One lesson with minimum of five hours practice. 

Credit, 1 hour each semester 

One lesson with minimum of ten hours practice. 

Credit, 2 hours each semester 

Note: All examinations in Applied Music courses will be given by the 
Music Department faculty and grades will be determined by this group. 

Piano 

Ilia, 114a. Scales, chords, inversions, appropriate standard literature 
with emphasis on sight-reading; harmonization, simple transposition. 
Primarily a functional approach for instrumentalists. 

The following literature for each year of study indicates the desirable 
proficiency attainment. Student who do not major in music are permitted 
to begin and pursue piano study at any level of advancement. 

Ill, 112. Bach, Two Part Inventions; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 14, No. 1; 
Chopin, Prelude, Op. 28, No. 17. 

113, 114. Bach, Sinfonia; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 10, No. 1; Chopin, 
Etude, Op. 10, No. 9. 

211, 212. Bach, Well Tempered Clavier; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 27, 
No. 1; Brahms, Intermezzo, Op. 118, No. 2. 

213, 214. Bach, English Suites; Beethoven, Sonata, Op. 31, No. 2; 
Copland, Passacaglia. 

Organ 

111, 112. Manual and pedal technique; clarity in contrapuntal playing; 
Bach's Eight Little Preludes and Fugues; hymn playing. 

113, 114. Pedal scales; smaller Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Chorale 
Preludes; simple works of more modern composers; hymn playing. 

211, 212. More difficult Bach Preludes and Fugues and Chorale Pre- 
ludes; selected works by Mendelssohn, Franck, etc. 

213, 214. Larger Preludes and Fugues of Bach; Trio Sonatas; selected 
modern composers of all Schools; Widor, Vierne, Dupre, etc. 



134 



Music 



Voice 

This curriculum gives the student every opportunity to master the art 
of singing; from posture and breathing to the singing of the great arias 
and songs of the classics. 

Ill, 112. Establishment of correct breath and pronounciation habits. 
Early Italian and English songs. 

113, 114. Moderately difficult arias of the Classic school and early 
Romantic art songs. Participation in student recitals. 

211, 212. More difficult Classic arias, moderately difficult songs and 
arias of the Romantic school in original languages. Participation in stu- 
dent recitals, oratorio, and music-drama. 

213, 214. Attention to developing individual style and interpretation. 
More difficult songs and arias of all schools in original language. Senior 
recital. 

Orchestra and Band Instruments 

The following instruments are designated by course numbers 111, 112, 
113, 114, 211, 212, 213, and 214 corresponding to eight successive 
semesters. 



Flute 


Trumpet 


Violin 


Oboe 


French Horn 


Viola 


Clarinet 


Trombone 


Cello 


Bassoon 


Euphonium 


Double Bass 


Saxophone 


Tuba 


Percussion 



Studies of progressive difficulty covering tone production, scales, and 
technical studies, all articulations or bowings, embellishments, phrasing, 
etudes, solo and small ensemble repertoire, excerpts from band and 
orchestral literature and applied transpositions. 

Secondary Courses 

143, 144. Brass and Percussion Instruments Class. (1,1) Fundamentals 
of playing and teaching brass and percussion instruments. Twice weekly 
with minimum of five hours practice. 

145, 146. String Instruments Class. (1,1) Fundamentals of playing and 
teaching all members of the string family. Twice weekly with a minimum 
of five hours practice. 

147, 148. Woodwind Instruments Class. (1,1) Fundamentals of playing 
and teaching all members of the woodwind family. Twice weekly with 
minimum of five hours practice. 

151, 152. Voice Class. (1,1) Offered to two or more students preparing 
for private voice course. Minimum of five hours practice weekly. 

135 



Philosophy 



Applied Music Fees 



Students enrolled for individual or class study in applied 
music as offered above will note the following schedule of 
semester fees, in addition to tuition, payable to the Treasurer 
not later than November 1 and March 1, respectively. 

One hour lesson per week $80.00 

One half hour lesson per week (voice and instruments only) 50.00 

Class instruction (maximum fee per student) 30.00 

Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (one 

hour daily) 6.00 

Practice studio (with piano) rental per semester (two 

hours daily) 10.00 

Organ practice per semester (one hour daily) 10.00 

Organ practice per semester (two hours daily) 14.00 

Other instrument rental per semester 5.00 

Philosophy 
Professor Helm 

Assistant Professors Hester, Lewis 
Visiting Lecturer Pritchard 

The Spilman Philosophy Seminar, open to advanced students 
in Philosophy, was established in 1934 by an endowment, in 
perpetuity for the Department, of $4,000 by Dr. Bernard W. 
Spilman. The income from the endowment is used to provide 
books for the seminar library, which now contains about 4,000 
volumes. 

In 1960, friends of the Department established the A. C. Reid 
Philosophy Fund. Th,e annual income from this fund is used 
to support the departmental library and for other activities 
connected with the departmental program. 

Two distinguished alumni of the College have made possible 
the establishment of a lectureship and a seminar. The late 
Guy T. Carswell of Charlotte, North Carolina, has endowed the 
Guy T. and Clara Carswell Philosophy Lectureship, and a gift 
from Mr. James Montgomery Hester of Long Beach, California, 
has established the James Montgomery Hester Philosophy 
Seminar. 

The furniture of the Department was donated in honor of 
Mr. and Mrs. W. A. Hough by their children. 

136 



Philosophy 

A major in this Department requires 24 credit hours, includ- 
ing Philosophy 221, 255, 259, 281, 282. 

111. Introductory Philosophy. (3) Designed to introduce to the student 
the thought of representative philosophers from the early Greeks to 
the modern period. 

221. Modern Philosophy. (3) Designed to introduce the student to the 
major modern philosophers, from the sixteenth through the nineteenth 
century. P-lll 

231, 232. Readings in Philosophy. (3,3) Several great books, in or 
closely related to philosophy, will be read each semester. P-lll and 
special permission. 

241, 242. Seminar: E piste mology. (3,3) A comprehensive survey of 
philosophical conceptions of knowledge. P-lll and 221, and junior 
standing. 

247, 248. Plato; Aristotle. (2,2) A study of Plato's dialogues and sections 
of Aristotle's works. P-lll 

251, 252. Kant and Hegel. (2,2) Extensive readings and reports. P-lll 

255. Philosophy of Religion. (3) A systematic analysis of the logical 
structure of religious language and belief. P-lll 

257. Aesthetics. (3) A critical examination of several philosophies of 
art, with emphasis on the application of these theories to particular works 
of art. P-lll 

259. Logic. (3) An elementary study of the laws of valid inference, 
recognition of fallacies, and logical analysis. 

262. Philosophy of Science. (3) A systematic exploration of the con- 
ceptual foundations of scientific thought and procedure. P-lll 

263. Ethics. (3) A critical study of selected problems in ethical theory. 
Readings in the ethical works of Western philosophers. P-lll 

267. Medieval Philosophy. (3) An examination of the philosophy of 
the Middle Ages, concentrating especially on the thought of Christian 
Scholastics. P-lll 

271. Contemporary Philosophy. (2) A study of philosophical thought in 
the twentieth century, with emphasis upon its origins and distinctive 
characteristics. Special reading assignments beyond lectures. P-lll. 

281, 282. Seminar: Advanced Problems in Philosophy. (3,3) A careful 
examination of selected special topics in philosophy. P-lll and 221, and 
special permission. 



137 



Physical Education 



Physical Education 

Professors Barrow, Dodson 

Assistant Professors Casey, Crisp, Ellison, Klesius 
Pollock, Rhea 

Instructors Dawson, Shockley 

The purpose of the Department of Physical Education is to 
organize, administer and supervise the following programs: (1) 
Required Physical Education Program consisting of condi- 
tioning activities, varied team and individual sports, special 
corrective and remedial instruction to all students with physical 
problems according to the individual's need, and to teach some 
basic information on posture and body mechanics, physiological 
principles, and practical health facts which must be observed 
to maintain a state of health and physical fitness. (2) Intra- 
mural Sports Program which allows all students to participate 
and specialize in sports which will be of lifelong benefit. (3) 
Supervised Recreation Program consisting of varied recrea- 
tional and leisure time activities. (4) Professional Curriculum 
Program which will offer the necessary training for those in- 
terested in the fields of Health, Physical Education, Recreation 
and Athletic Coaching. 

Required Physical Education 

Physical Education 111 and 112 are required of all freshmen 
and transfer students who have not complied with this require- 
ment. For those men enrolled in ROTC Physical Education 
111 and 112 requirement may be postponed until the sophomore 
year but must be completed by the end of that second year 
of attendance in Wake Forest College. Not more than four 
hours of required or elective physical education may be counted 
toward graduation. 

Ill, 112. Physical Education. (1,1) A basic course consisting of body 
mechanics, basic health and physiological principles, dance, exercise and 
sports designed to develop fundamental skills. Students' needs and in- 
terests will be met through controlled election of activities based upon 
standardized proficiency examination and/or previous experiences. 

Ill, 112. Physical Education (Special). (1,1) A course consisting of 
remedial instruction or limited activity for students with special problems, 
handicaps or medical excuses. 

138 



Physical Education 



Elective Physical Education 

For those students who wish to specialize in sports activities 
beyond the requirement, a varied sports program is offered. Any 
two of the courses listed below may be elected for credit toward 
graduation. Prerequisite, Physical Education 111-112. 



Hours to be arranged 

159. Beginning Golf 

160. Intermediate Golf 

161. Beginning Badminton & 
Tennis 

162. Fundamentals of Dance 

163. Dance Choreography 

164. Gymnastics 

165. Beginning Bowling 

166. Beginning and Inter- 
mediate Swimming 

167. Advanced Swimming; 
Beginning Scuba 



Credit, 1 hour each 

168. Life Saving; Water Safety 
Inst. Course 

169. Weight Training and 
Conditioning 

170. Handball; Squash Racquets 

172. Water Ballet; Synchronized 
Swimming 

173. Conditioning; Body 
Mechanics 

174. Intermediate Badminton 
and Tennis 

175. Intermediate Bowling 

176. Marksmanship Sports 



Courses for Major Students 

Students desiring to elect a major in Health and Physical 
Education and to satisfy the state requirements for a teaching 
certificate must be of Junior standing, and will be required to 
have Biology 111 and 112, and a minimum of 35 hours in Health 
and Physical Education. The following courses are required 
of all major students: 251, 254, 258, 352, 353, 355, 356, 357, 
and 363. Men students must take 220, 221, 222, and 224. 
Women students must take all of these except 222 for which 
they substitute 228. The remaining hours may be selected 
from 271, 376, and 381. 

Physical Education major students who are considering grad- 
uate study should take course 381 as an elective. Education 291 
is to be taken by students completing requirements for a 
teaching certificate. 

Physical Education majors with superior records are con- 
sidered by the department for admission to the honors program 
in Physical Education. These students must meet certain cri- 
teria which have been established by the department, earn a 
QPR of at least 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all hours 
required for the major in Physical Education, participate satis- 



139 



Physical Education 



factorily in Physical Education 381, and pass a comprehensive 
written examination. Upon satisfactory completion of these 
requirements, they will be recommended for graduation with 
"Honors in Physical Education." 

211. Foundations of Health and Physical Fitness. (2) A presentation 
of the physiological, psychological, and sociological foundations of per- 
sonal health and physical fitness. 

220. Methods and Materials in Gymnastics, Aquatics, and Dance. (3) 
Presentation of knowledge and skill in gymnastics, aquatics, and dance, 
and knowledge of methods and materials in teaching and coaching of 
these activities. 

221. Methods and Materials in Recreation Games and Sports, and Folk 
Dance. (3) Presentation of knowledge and skill in recreational sports, 
games of low organization, and folk dance; and a knowledge of methods 
and materials in teaching these activities. 

222. Theory of Coaching Sports (Men). (3) Presentation of the know- 
ledge of methods and materials in coaching football, basketball, baseball, 
and track and field. 

224. Methods and Materials in Team and Individual Sports. (3) Theory 
and practice in organization, teaching, learning, and coaching techniques 
in selected team and individual sports which are normally included in a 
comprehensive physical education program. 

228. Methods and Materials in Women's Sports (Women). (3) Presen- 
tation of knowledge and skill in team sports for women, and a knowledge 
of methods and materials in teaching and officiating. 

251. Principles of Physical Education! (3) A general introductory course 
and orientation into physical education and its relation to general educa- 
tion and the present organization of society. 

254. First Aid; Athletic Injuries. (1) A course in practical application 
of first aid and treatment of minor athletic injuries. 

258. Organization and Administration of Health and Physical Education. 
(3) A course in problems and procedures in Health and Physical Educa- 
tion and the administration of an interscholastic athletic program. 

271. Recreation Leadership. (3) This course emphasizes the various 
theoretical and practical aspects of leadership in various types of recrea- 
tion. 

352. Anatomy and Physiology. (3) A course to provide students of 
physical education with a functional knowledge of the anatomic structure 
and physiologic function of the human body. 

353. Physiology of Exercise. (3) This course presents the many effects 
of muscular activity on the processes of the body which constitutes the 
scientific basis of Physical Education. 

140 



Physics 

355. Adapted Physical Education. (2) A course in body mechanics and 
kinesiology dealing with a program for all handicapped and special 
problems in Health and Physical Education. 

356. Evaluation and Measurement in Health and Physical Education. 
(2) A course in measurement techniques and beginning statistical pro- 
cedures to determine pupil status in established standards of health and 
physical education which reflect the prevailing educational philosophy. 

357. Kinesiology. (3) A study of the principles of human motion based 
on anatomic, physiologic, and mechanical principles. It considers joint and 
muscle function in motor skills as the approach to the mechanical 
analysis of movement. 

363,. Personal and Community Health. (3) A course presenting personal, 
family, and community health and the significant developments and cur- 
rent research in the field. 

371. Motor Learning and Performance. (3) Motor skill learning and 
performance are analyzed on the basis of psychological principles and 
concepts, with special reference to the nature of learning, characteristics 
of the learner, and management of the learning environment. 

376. Organization and Administration of Recreation. (3) A course in 
recreational problems and the administration of the several types of 
recreation. 

381. Research in Physical Education. (3) A study of the nature and 
purpose of research, and the methods and techniques used in its pro- 
cedures. Standards are emphasized with respect to selecting, defining, 
and analyzing potential problems and preparing bibliographies and 
writing up research. 



Physics 

Professors Turner, Brehme, Haven, Shields, 
G. P. Williams, Jr. 

Assistant Professor Woldseth 

In addition to the courses prescribed by the College, the 
requirements for a B.S. Degree with a major in Physics are a 
minimum of 33 hours of Physics which must include courses 
111, 112, 151, 152, 154, 211, 212, 311, 312, 343, 345; Chemistry 
111, 114; and Mathematics through differential equations. 

Highly qualified Physics majors are considered by the Depart- 
ment for admission to the honors program in Physics. They 
must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn a QPR of 
not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 

141 



Physics 

Physics, complete satisfactorily Physics 381 and pass a com- 
prehensive written examination. They are then graduated with 
the designation of "Honors in Physics." For additional infor- 
mation consult members of the Physics staff. 

105. Descriptive Astronomy. (3) An introductory study of the universe, 
from the solar system to the galaxies. 

Ill, 112. General Physics. (4,4) The basic course, without calculus, for 
freshmen and sophomores. (3-2) 

151, 152. Introductory Mechanics. (3,3) The fundamental principles of 
mechanics, wave motion, and heat. P-Math 111 

154. Mechanics Laboratory. (1) Classical experiments performed with 
special attention given to analysis of errors. (0-3) 

211, 212. Introductory Electricity. (4,4) The fundamental principles of 
electricity, magnetism, optics and modern physics. P-112, Math 112. (3-2) 

230. Electronics. (3) Elements of electron theory as applied to vacuum 
tubes, transistors, and associated circuitry. P-112, Math 112 

301, 302. Advanced General Physics.t (4,4) A course designed for 
science teachers. Credit is not allowed for graduate students in the 
Department of Physics. (3-2) 

311. Mechanics. (3) A senior level treatment of analytic classical 
mechanics. P-152, Math 251. 

312. Electromagnetic Theory. (3) A senior level treatment of classical 
electromagnetic theory. P-211, Math 251. 

343, 344. Modern Physics. (3,3) Application of the elementary princi- 
ples of quantum mechanics to atomic and molecular physics. 

345, 346. Modern Physics Laboratory. (1,1) The laboratory associated 
with Physics 343, 344. (0-3) 

351. Thermodynamics and Statistical Mechanics. (3) A study of the 
laws of thermodynamics and the kinetic theory of molecular motion. 

381. Research. (2) Library, conference and laboratory work performed 
on an individual basis. (0-6) 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

412. Classical Mechanics. (3) 

413. Electromagnetism. (3) 

441, 442. Quantum Mechanics. (3) 



For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

142 



Political Science 



452. Solid State Physics. (3) 

455. Magnetic Properties of Solids. (2) 

456. Seminar on Defects in the Solid State. (2) 
461. Nuclear Physics. (3) 

470. Statistical Mechanics. (3) 

480. Theory of Relativity. (3) 

485. Seminar in Theoretical Physics. (3) 

491/ 492 Thesis Research. (3) 

Political Science 

Professor Richards 

Professor of Asian Studies Gokhale 

Associate Professor Moses 

Assistant Professors Broyles, Fleer, Reinhardt, 
schoonmaker 

Instructors Sears, Thornton 

The major in Political Science is 30 hours and must include 
Political Science 151, 230, 251, 260, and three additional hours 
in American Government. The remaining 15 hours in the major 
and 18 hours of required work in related fields are selected by 
the student and the Political Science adviser. One who elects 
Political Science to fulfill the basic requirement in the social 
sciences must take Political Science 151. The additional three 
hours will normally be selected from Political Science 152, 230, 
251, and 260, but any other course numbered 211 to 266 may be 
elected with the permission of the Department. Political Science 
151 is prerequisite for all other courses in the field. Students of 
demonstrated ability, however, may be admitted to advanced 
courses, without this prerequisite, with the written approval of 
their major adviser and the instructor concerned. 

Highly qualified Political Science majors are considered by 
the Department for admission to the honors program in Political 
Science. They must meet certain preliminary requirements, earn 
a QPR of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all 
work in Political Science, complete a satisfactory senior re- 
search project, and pass a comprehensive examination on the 

143 



Political Science 



senior paper and a selected bibliography recommended by the 
Department. In addition the honors candidate is required to 
take Political Science 280 and either Political Science 281 or 

282. 



American Government 

151. American Institutions and Politics. (3) Introduction to the nature 
and development of American political principles, institutions, and 
processes. STAFF 

152. American Public Policies. (3) Problems and policies of American 
government as related to domestic affairs and foreign relations. Staff 

211. American Political Parties. (3) A systematic examination of 
political parties with particular attention given to party systems, internal 
organizations, the electoral function, and responsibilities for governing. 

Mr. Fleer 

212. Political Behavior. (3) A study of the formation and expression 
of political opinions and the role of political participation in a democratic, 
representative system. Mr. Fleer 

213. Public Administration: Practice and Process. (3) Bureaucracy 
viewed internally. Theory, practice, problems, organization and manage- 
ment of administrative agencies for achieving public goals. 

Mr. Thornton 

214. Public Administration: Policy and Politics. (3) External relations 
of bureaucracy. Agency role in policy formation and implementation. 
Problems of political responsibility. P-213 recommended. 

Mr. Thornton 

218. Legislative Behavior. (3) A systematic examination of the compo- 
sition, authority structures, external influences and procedures of legisla- 
tive bodies in the United States. Mr. Fleer 

221. State and Local Government and Politics. (3) Political patterns, 
organization, processes and problems of U. S. nonnational governments. 

Mr. Thornton 

222. Urban Government and Politics. (3) Political structures and pro- 
cesses in American cities and suburbs as they relate to the social, 
economic, and political problems of the metropolis. Mr. Richards 

225. American Constitutional Law: Separation of Powers and the Fed- 
eral System. (3) An analysis of Supreme Court decisions affecting the 
three branches of the national government and federal-state relations. 

Mr. Richards 

226. American Constitutional Law: Civil Liberties. (3) Judicial inter- 
pretations of First Amendment freedoms, racial equality, and the rights 
of the criminally accused. Mr. Richards 

144 



Political Science 



227. The Judicial Process (3) An analysis of the role of courts and the 
legal system in the American political process. Mr. Richards 

Comparative Government 

230. Comparative Politics. (3) A comparative analysis of democratic 
and authoritarian political systems in industrial and nonindustrial 
societies. Staff 

231. Great Britain and Western Europe. (3) A study of the British 
political system in comparison with continental European systems, par- 
ticularly those of France and West Germany. Mr. Schoonmaker 

232. The Soviet Union and Eastern Europe. (3) A comparative exami- 
nation of the political structures and processes of the Soviet Union and 
other selected nondemocratic regimes of Eastern Europe. Mr. MOSES 

233. Politics of Developing Areas. (3) A study of the various social, 
economic, psychological and political problems that beset nation-states 
undergoing the process of industrialization. 

236. Latin America. (3) A comparative analysis of the structures and 
processes of the political systems in Latin America. Mr. Moses 

239. Government and Politics in East Asia. (3) An introduction to the 
political culture of East Asia, with primary emphasis on the nature and 
development of political thought and processes in China and Japan. 

Mr. Reinhardt 

240. Government and Politics in Southeast Asia. (3) An introduction 
to the political culture of Southeast Asia with special emphasis on nation- 
building and interregional relations. Mr. Reinhardt 

245. Government and Politics of South Asia. (3) A study of the govern- 
ments of India, Pakistan, Nepal, and Ceylon. Emphasis on political 
organizations, party structures, and subnational governmental systems. 

Mr. Gokhale 

International Politics 

251. Fundamentals of International Politics. (3) An introduction to the 
basic principles and problems of international political life in the 
twentieth century. Mr. Sears 

253. International Organization. (3) A survey of the formation and 
role of supra-national organizations with special emphasis on European 
integration and U. N. Mr. Sears 

254. American Foreign Policy. (3) A study of the principles and policies 
which characterize America's approach to the world in the contemporary 
period. Mr. Sears 

145 



Political Science 



258. International Relations of the Latin American States. (3) Survey 
of political relations among the republics of Latin America and of rela- 
tions of these states with other countries. Some emphasis on Latin 
America-United States relations. Mr. MOSES 

Political Philosophy 

260. Introduction to Political Philosophy: Aristotle's Politics. (3) A 
detailed textual examination of parts of Aristotle's Nicomachean Ethics 
and Politics. Mr. Broyles 

261. Ancient and Medieval Political Philosophy. (3) Survey of ancient 
and medieval political philosophy from Plato through Marsilius with 
extensive treatment of one or two authors. P-260 recommended. 

Mr. Broyles 

262. Modern Political Philosophy. (3) Survey of modern political phi- 
losophy from Machiavelli through John Dewey with extensive treatment 
of one or two authors. P-260 recommended. Mr. Broyles 

264. American Political Thought. (3) Critical examination of the unify- 
ing theme of American politics. Mr. Broyles 

266. Asian Political Thought. (3) A study of the origins and develop- 
ment of political thought in Asia including the political ideas of the 
Confucian, Hindu-Buddhist and Islamic traditions. 

Mr. Reinhardt 

Research and Honors 

280. Political Science: Survey of the Discipline. (3) The science of 
politics as a field of inquiry, primary problems and research tools. 
Especially for prospective graduate students. Mr. Broyles 

281, 282. Research in Political Science. (3,3) An advanced course 
devoted to extensive reading and research in the field of Political Science. 
Admission to the course is by permission of the Department only. 

Staff 



146 



Psychology 

Psychology 

Professors John E. Williams, Beck, Dufort 

Associate Professor Hills 

Assistant Professors Catron, Check, Horowitz, 
Richman, Travland, Woodmansee 

Psychology 151 is prerequisite to all courses. An average of 
C in Psychology courses is required at the time the major is 
elected. Major students complete 30 hours of work, including 
Psychology 211, 212, and 323. In addition to the basic (general 
B.A.) mathematics requirement, a major student must take 
three additional hours of mathematics from among the follow- 
ing: 111, 157, 161, 255, or other courses approved by the Depart- 
ment of Psychology. Highly qualified majors are invited to 
enter the departmental honors program in the junior year. Suc- 
cessful completion of the program with the designation "Honors 
in Psychology" requires that the candidate earn a minimum 
QPR of 3.3 on all work in Psychology and 3.0 in all other 
academic work; complete satisfactorily a special sequence of 
courses including Psychology 281, 282 and 284; and pass a 
comprehensive written and/or oral examination. 

151. Introductory Psychology. (3) A systematic survey of Psychology 
as the scientific study of behavior. Prerequisite to all other courses in 
Psychology. 

211, 212. Experimental and Quantitative Methods. (4,4) Introduction to 
basic experimental methods and statistical techniques in the major con- 
tent areas of psychology. (2-4) P-151 

241. Psychology of Adjustment. (3) Normal range of adjustment and 
personality patterns emphasized. For non-majors. P-151 

266. Developmental Psychology. (3) Survey of physical, emotional, 
cognitive, and social development of the child from varied points of view. 
P-151 

273. Psychology of Business and Industry. (3) Psychological principles 
and methods applied to problems commonly encountered in business and 
industry. P-151 

281, 282. Original Problems. (2,2) Non-statistical characteristics of 
properly-designed research, followed by supervised research experience. 

281 and 282 normally are taken in that order; credit for either alone 
requires special permission. 281: 2-0; 282: 0-4. P-211, 212, instructor's 
consent. 

147 



Psychology 

284. Honors Seminar. (3) Seminar on selected problems in psychology; 
intended primarily for students in the departmental honors program. 
P-211, instructor's consent. 

321. Learning Theory and Research. (3) Introductory treatment of 
theoretical and experimental issues of the psychology of learning; no 
attempt is made to cover applications to practical (e.g., educational) 
situations. P-151 

323. History and Systems. (3) The development of psychology from 
Aristotle through recent systems of psychology, e.g., functionalism, be- 
haviorism, Gestalt. P-151 

324, 325. Advanced Theory and Method. (3) Seminar treatment of cur- 
rent problems. 324. Sensation and Perception. 325. Learning and Moti- 
vation. Typically, only one course offered in a given year. P-211, 212, 
instructor's consent. 

331. Comparative Psychology. (3) Behavioral differences in animals at 
various levels of the phylogenetic scale. (2-2) P-151 

332. Physiological Psychology. (3) Physiological bases of behavior, with 
special reference to the nervous system. (2-2) P-151 

336. Perception and the Cognitive Processes. (3) Survey of theory and 
evidence related to problems of perception and thinking. P-151 

338. Motivation of Behavior. (3) Survey of basic motivational concepts 
and related evidence. P-151 

344. Abnormal Psychology. (3) Descriptive analysis of the major types 
of abnormal behavior with focus on organic, psychological, and cultural 
causes, and major modes of therapy. P-151 

352. Psychological Appraisal. (3) Psychological tests reviewed in theory, 
construction, and use. (2-2) P-151 

356. Personality Theory and Research. (3) Classical and contemporary 
theories of personality and related research studies. P-151 

358. Survey of Clinical Psychology. (3) An overview of the field of 
clinical psychology. P-344, senior or graduate standing, instructor's con- 
sent. 

362. Social Psychology. (3) An examination of research and issues in 
social psychology, including social perception, social motivational theory, 
attitude measurement and change, social learning, and small group be- 
havior. P-151 



148 



Religion 

Courses for Graduate Students* 

415, 416. Research Design and Analysis in Psychology. (3,3). 

427, 428. Behavior Theory. (2,2) 

434. Biological Psychology. (3) 

451. Theory and Practice of Psychological Testing. (3) 

457. Experimental Approaches to Personality. (2) 

465. Advanced Social Psychology. (3) 

481. Contemporary Problems in Psychological Theory. (3) 

483. Reading and Research in Psychology. (1 to 3) 

491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 

Religion 
Professors Griffin, Angell, Bryan, E. W. Hamrick 
Associate Professors Dyer, Mitchell, TalbertI, Trible 
Assistant Professors Roetzel, Weeden 
Visiting Lecturers Brown, Rose 

The Department of Religion offers courses in instruction 
designed to give every student entering Wake Forest an oppor- 
tunity to acquire at least an introduction to the life, literature 
and the most important movements in the field of religion. It 
also seeks to give to students preparing for specialized service, 
as religious education directors, ministers, and missionaries, the 
foundational courses needed for further study. 

Six hours in Religion are required for all degrees. Three 
hours to be selected from courses: 111, 112, 153, 155, 157; and 
three hours from the following: 231, 256, 261, 264, 271. 

A major in Religion requires 30 credit hours — at least 12 
hours in Biblical studies and the remaining hours from other 
offerings of the Department. 

A major in Religious Education requires 30 credit hours — 
12 hours in Biblical studies and 18 hours selected from the 
following: Religion 240, 256, 264, 271, 292, 341, 342, 343, 350; 
Music 229, 230. 

Pre-seminary students are advised to include in their program 



* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 
t Absent on leave, 1968-69. 



149 



Religion 

of study, in addition to courses in Religion, courses in Philos- 
ophy, Ancient History, Public Speaking, and two languages, 
Greek or Latin, and German or French. 

Majors in Religion who have completed two courses in the 
Department with a QPR of 3.3, and an overall QPR of 3.0 on 
all college work, may apply to the Chairman of the Department 
for admission to the honors program. Normally this is to be 
done by February of the junior year. Upon completion of all 
the requirements, the candidate will be graduated with the 
designation of "Honors in Religion." For further information 
consult members of the Religion Department. 

111. Introduction to the Old Testament. (3) A survey of the Old 
Testament designed to introduce the student to the history, literature and 
reli, ion of the ancient Hebrews. 

112. Introduction to the New Testament. (3) A survey of the environ- 
ment, literature and thought of the New Testament intended to intro- 
duce the student to the significance of the ministry of Jesus and the 
origins of the Christian Church. 

153. The Hebrew Prophets. (3) A study of the background, personal 
characteristics, function, message, contribution, and present significance 
of the Hebrew prophets. 

155. Jesus and the Synoptic Gospels. (3) An examination of Matthew, 
Mark, and Luke as theologies and a consideration of the quest for the 
historical Jesus. 

157. The Bible Through the Ages. (3) A study of the beginnings, 
development, and transmission of the Bible with special attention to the 
formation of the canon and the history of Biblical translation. 

231. Basic Christian Ethics. (3) The biblical and theological foundations 
of the Christian Ethic and its expression in selected contemporary prob- 
lems. 

236. Church and Community. (3) An examination of the basic needs 
and trends of the contemporary community, especially the rural and 
suburban, in the light of the Christian norms for "the good community" 
(koinonia). 

240. Theory of Religious Education. (3) A study of the nature and 
meaning of religious education with emphasis upon the basic foundations 
in religion and education. 

256. American Religious Life. (3) A study of the history, organization, 
worship and beliefs of American religious bodies, with particular attention 
to cultural factors. 

150 



Religion 

261. World Religions. (3) The place of religion in life and the origin, 
nature, and accomplishments of the living religions of the world, studied 
from the historical point of view. 

264. History of Christianity. (3) A rapid survey of the history of the 
Christian Church. 

271. An Introduction to Christian Theology. (3) A study of the ground, 
structure and content of Christian belief. 

281, 282. Honors Course in Religion. (3,3) A Conference course for 
those who wish to graduate with "Honors in Religion," providing the 
student guidance for a comprehensive exam or research project. Both 
semesters must be completed. 

292. Teaching of Religion. (3) A study of the theories, methods and 
materials relating to the teaching of religion in church, school and 
community. This course may be credited as Education for those who 
are applicants for a state teacher's certificate in religious education. 

311, 312. An Introduction to Biblical Hebrew. (3,3) A study of the 
essentials of Hebrew grammar, syntax, and vocabulary. Reading and 
exegesis of selected passages from the Old Testament. Credit will be 
given for 311 only with the successful completion of 312. 

314. Introduction to Biblical Archaeology. (3) A survey of the contri- 
butions of Near Eastern archaeology to Biblical studies. 

315. The Narrative Literature of the Old Testament. (3) A study of 
types of narratives in the Old Testament and of the relationship between 
literary forms and meaning. Special attention will be given to the 
narrative traditions of the Pentateuch. 

316. Poetic Literature of the Old Testament. (3) A study of Hebrew 
Poetry — its types, its literary and rhetorical characteristics, and its 
significance in the faith of ancient Israel. 

317. The Ancient Near East. (3) A comparative study of ancient Near 
Eastern cultures and religions, with special emphasis on Israel's relation- 
ships with surrounding peoples. 

322. Johannine Literature. (3) Consideration of one of the following: 
the Fourth Gospel, the Johannine Epistles, or Revelation. P-3 hours in 
Religion. 

327. Major Epistles of Paul. (3) Consideration of one of the following: 
Romans, I Corinthians, II Corinthians, Galatians, or Colossians. P-3 hours 
in Religion. 

334. Christian Ethics and Contemporary Culture. (3) A study of the 
encounter between the Christian Ethic and the value systems implicit 
in certain social areas such as economics, politics, race and sex. 

341. Administration of Religious Education. (3) A study of the prin- 

151 



Religion 

ciples of organization and leadership in religious education, with par- 
ticular attention to curricula materials. 

342. Religious Education of Children. (3) Designed as an introduction 
to the study of child development and its significance for the home and 
church in regard to religious education. 

343. Religious Education of Young People and Adults. (3) A study of 
growth and development through adolescence to adulthood, with emphasis 
on the role of the home and the church in religious education. 

346. Theological Foundations of Religious Education. (3) A study of 
theological methodology, theories of learning and philosophies of educa- 
tion in terms of their implications for religious education. 

350. Psychology of Religion. (3) An examination of the psychological 
elements in the origin, development, and expression of religious exper- 
ience. 

362. Post-Biblical Judaism. (3) The rise and development of post- 
Biblical (Rabbinic) Judaism until modern times, treated through a 
consideration of the concepts, events, movements and personalities which 
have shaped its growth. 

365. History of Religions in America. (3) A study of American religions 
from Colonial times until the present. 

367. The Primitive Church. (3) A study of the major problems of 
Christian origins; readings of primary sources and investigation of 
selected themes. P-3 hours in Religion. 

373. The History of Christian Thought. (3) A study of the history of 
Christian thought, beginning with its Hebraic and Greek backgrounds and 
tracing its rise and development to modern times. 

374. Contemporary Christian Thought. (3) An examination of the major 
issues and personalities in modern theology. 

378. Theology and Modern Literature. (3) A consideration, in the 
light of the theological thought, of the human situation as reflected in 
the works of recent novelists. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 
416. Old Testament Theology. (3) 
418, 419. Old Testament Exegesis. (3,3) 
421. New Testament Theology. (3) 
423, 424. New Testament Exegesis. (3,3) 
438. Seminar in Historical Types of Christian Ethics. (3) 



For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

152 



French 

448. Seminar in Religious Education. (3) 

466. Seminar in Christian History. (3) 

475. Seminar in History of Christian Thought. (3) 

480. Theology and the Aesthetic. (3) 

491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 

Romance Languages 

A major in this Department requires 30 hours in either 
French or Spanish. Students enrolled in language courses 
numbered 111, 112, 151, 152 are required to spend one hour 
per week in the language laboratory as part of their class 
preparation. 

The Department offers an honors program for qualified 
majors. See page 97 for general requirements for departmental 
honors programs. Additional requirements include satisfactory 
completion of French or Spanish 281 and the passing of a 
comprehensive written and oral examination. The oral exami- 
nation may be conducted, at least in part, in the student's 
major language. 

I 

French 

Professor Parcell, Parker, Robinson (Chairman), 
Shoemaker 

Associate Professor Anne Tillett 

Visiting Lecturer Louis 

Instructors Bourquin, Freeman, Jenkins 

111, 112. Elementary French. (3,3) A course for beginners, covering the 
principles of French grammar and emphasizing speaking and writing 
and the reading of elementary texts. 

151, 152. Intermediate French. (3,3) A review of grammar and compo- 
sition with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. P-lll, 112 

211, 212. Introduction to French Literature. (3,3) Reading of selected 
texts from the Middle Ages to the twentieth century. P-151, 152 

153 



French 

221. Conversation and Phonetics. (3) Practice in speaking French, 
stressing phonetics, pronunciation, fluency, correctness of sentence struc- 
ture and vocabulary of everyday situations. P-152 

222. Composition and Review of Grammar. (3) A systematic review of 
the fundamental principles of grammar, with intensive practice in trans- 
lation and composition. P-152 

223. Advanced Composition. (3) Practical training in writing French, 
both from literary models and in free composition. Further analysis of 
comparative grammar and study of problems not treated in more 
elementary courses. P-222 

224. French Civilization. (3) An introduction to French culture and 
its historical development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, 
social and economic life of France. P-221 or permission of instructor. 

231. Medieval French Literature. (3) A survey of French literature of 
the Middle Ages with cultural and political backgrounds. Selected master- 
pieces in original form and modern transcription. P-211. (Not offered 
in 1969-70) 

232. Sixteenth Century French Literature. (3) A study of the outstand- 
ing writers of the century. P-211, 212 

241, 242. Seventeenth Century French Literature. (3,3) A study of the 
outstanding writers of the classical age. P-211, 212 

244. Moliere. (3) Translation and discussion in class of certain plays, 
with others assigned for parallel reading. P-211, 212 

246. Racine. (3) Translation and discussion in class of certain plays, 
with others assigned for parallel reading. P-211, 212. (Not offered in 
1969-70) 

251. Eighteenth Century French Literature. (3) A survey of French 
philosophical and political literature of the eighteenth century. Emphasis 
on Montesquieu, Voltaire, Diderot, Rousseau, and L 'Encyclopedic P-211 

261. French Romanticism. (3) A study of the chief French romantic 
poets. Translation in class, supplemented with paralled reading. P-211, 
212. (Not offered in 1969-70) 

262. French Literature of the Latter Nineteenth Century. (3) A survey 
of French literature of the latter half of the nineteenth century with cul- 
tural and political backgrounds. Emphasis on poetry. P-211, 212 

263. Trends in French Poetry. (3) Poetic theory and practice in France 
from the Renaissance to the Revolution. Analysis and interpretation of 
a number of works from this period. P-211 

264. The French Novel. (3) A study of several masterpieces in the field 
of the novel, along with the development of the genre from the early 
seventeenth to the late nineteenth century. P-211, 212. (Not offered in 
1969-70) 

154 



Russian 

265. Nineteenth Century French Drama. (3) A study of the principal 
dramatic works of the nineteenth century in France, including examples 
of romanticism, realism, naturalism, symbolism. P-211, 212. 

271, 272. Twentieth Century French Literature. (3,3) A study of gen- 
eral trends and of representative works of the foremost prose writers, 
dramatists and poets. P-211, 212 

281. Reading and Research. (3) Extensive reading in French literature. 
Study of bibliography and research techniques. Presentation of a major 
research paper. Restricted admission. Required of candidates for depart- 
mental honors. 

II 

Hindi * 
Professor Gokhale 

111, 112. Elementary Hindi. (3,3) A course in Basic Hindi grammar 
and vocabulary building. 

151, 152. Intermediate Hindi. (3,3) Introduction to literary Hindi, con- 
versation and composition. 

Ill 

Russian * 
Associate Professor Anne Tillett 

111, 112. Elementary Russian. (3,3) The essentials of Russian grammar 
and reading of elementary texts. Admission with the consent of the 
instructor. (Not offered in 1969-70) 

151, 152. Intermediate Russian. (3,3) Continuation of the study of 
Russian grammar, with practice in conversation and composition. Reading 
of selected texts. P-lll, 112 

211, 212. Introduction to Russian Literature. (3,3) Reading of selected 
texts from the 19th and 20th centuries. P-151, 152. 



* These courses are attached to the Department of Romance Languages for administrative 
purposes only. 

155 



Spanish 

IV 

Spanish 
Associate Professors King, Bryant, Campbell 
Instructors Delgado, Jensen 

111, 112. Elementary Spanish. (3,3) A course for beginners, covering 
grammar essentials, and emphasizing speaking, writing, and the reading 
of elementary texts. 

151, 152. Intermediate Spanish. (3,3) A review of grammar and compo- 
sition with practice in conversation. Reading of selected texts. P-lll, 112 

211, 212. Introduction to Hispanic Literature. (3,3) Selected readings 
in Spanish and Spanish American Literature from the beginnings to 
the contemporary period. P-151, 152 

221. Conversation and Phonetics. (3) Spoken Spanish, with stress on 
pronunciation, intonation, fluency, correctness of sentence structure, and 
the vocabulary of everyday situations. P-152 

222. Latin American Civilization. (3) Latin American culture in the 
light of its historical development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, 
political, social and economic life. P-221 or permission of instructor. 
(Offered in alternate years.) 

223. Advanced Grammar and Composition. (3) Review of the funda- 
mental principles of grammar, with intensive practice in translation, 
composition and language analysis. P-152 

224. Spanish Civilization. (3) Spanish culture in the light of its his- 
torical development. Emphasis on intellectual, artistic, political, social, 
and economic life. P-221 or permission of instructor. (Offered in alternate 
years.) 

225. 226. Survey of Spanish Literature. (3,3) The first semester includes 
Spanish literature to 1700; the second, Spanish literature from 1700 to 
the present. P-211, 212; also recommended, 221. (Offered in alternate 
years.) 

227. Spanish American Literature. (3) A general survey of Spanish 
American literature from the Colonial through the contemporary period. 
P-211, 212 

234. Spanish Prose Fiction Before Cervantes. (3) A study of the 
several types of prose fiction, such as the sentimental, chivalric, pastoral, 
Moorish, and picaresque novels, which developed in Spain prior to 1605. 
P-211, 212 

241. Golden Age Drama. (3) A study of the major dramatic works of 
Lope de Vaga, Calderon de la Barca, Tirso de Molina, Ruiz de Alarcon, 
and others. P-211, 212 

156 



Sociology and Anthropology 



243. Cervantes. (3) Intensive study of the life and works of Cervantes, 
with special emphasis on the Quixote and the exemplary novels. P-211, 
212 

261. Nineteenth Century Spanish Novel. (3) A study of the novels 
of Valera, Pereda, Galdos, Pardo Bazan, Blasco lbanez and their con- 
temporaries. P-211, 212 

262. Spanish Romantic Drama. (3) An intensive study of Spanish 
Romanticism with emphasis on the drama. P-211, 212 

265. Spanish American Novel. (3) A study of the novel in Spanish 
America from its beginnings through the contemporary period. P-211, 212 

272. Modern Spanish Drama. (3) A study of the principal dramatic 
works of the present century, from the "Generation of '98" through the 
contemporary period. P-211, 212 

273. Modern Spanish Novel. (3) A study of representative Spanish 
novels from the "Generation of '98" through the contemporary period. 
P-211, 212 

281. Reading and Research. (3) Extensive reading in Spanish literature. 
Study of bibliography and research techniques. Presentation of a major 
research paper. Restricted admission. Required of candidates for depart- 
mental honors. 

Sociology and Anthropology 
Professors Banks, Patrick 
Associate Professors Earle, Gulley, Tefft 
Assistant Professors Evans 
Instructors Perricone, Schwartz 
Lecturer Sanders 

Basic course requirements: students who choose Sociology 
and Anthropology to meet the basic course requirements in 
the social sciences will take Sociology 151 and one of the follow- 
ing: Sociology 152, Anthropology 162, or a 300-level course in 
Sociology or Anthropology (except Sociology 371 through 386 
and Anthropology 385-386: also note prerequisites for some 
Anthropology courses). 

Major in Sociology: 30 hours in the department, which must 
include Sociology 151, 371, 380 and 384 and Anthropology 162. 

Major in Anthropology: 30 hours in the department, which 
must include Anthropology 162, 351 and 352 and Sociology 
151, 380 and 384. 

157 



Sociology 

Qualified Sociology and Anthropology majors may be con- 
sidered by the department for admission to the honors program 
in Sociology and Anthropology. They must have earned a QPR 
of not less than 3.0 on all college work and 3.3 on all work in 
this department, satisfactorily complete a senior research project 
and pass a comprehensive oral and written examination. They 
are then graduated with the designation of "Honors in Sociology 
and Anthropology." Members of the staff may be consulted for 
additional information. 



Sociology 

151. Principles of Sociology. (3) General introduction to the field: 
social organization and disorganization, socialization, culture, social 
change and other aspects. 

152. Social Problems. (3) Survey of contemporary American social 
problems. Credit is not allowed for 344 if this course is taken. P-151 

248. Marriage and the Family. (3) The social basis of the family, 
emphasizing the problems growing out of modern conditions and social 
change. 

323. Social Organization. (3) An analysis of the organization of contem- 
porary society with emphasis on large-scale organizations. P-151 

325. Industrial Sociology. (3) An analysis of the relationship between 
industry and society. P-151 

333. The Community. (3) A survey of materials relating to the com- 
munity as a unit of sociological investigation with emphasis on the urban 
setting. Of particular value for social work or community planning. P-151 

335. Medical Sociology. (3) Analysis of the social variables associated 
with health and illness and with the practice of medicine. P-151 

337. Social Gerontology. (3) Basic social problems and processes of 
aging. Social and psychological issues will be discussed. P-151 

339. Public Opinion and Propaganda. (3) The study of public opinion 
and propaganda and a consideration of mass communication. P-151 

340. Sociology of Child Development. (3) Socialization through adoles- 
cence in the light of contemporary behavioral science, emphasizing the 
significance of social structure. P-151 

341. Criminology. (3) Crime: its nature, causes, consequences and 
methods of treatment and prevention. P-151 

344. Social Deviation and Disorganization. (3) A theoretical approach to 
social problems. Emphasis is on the relationship between social structure 

158 



Anthropology 



and social problems. Credit is not allowed for 152 if this course is taken. 
P-151 

358. Population and Society. (3) Techniques used in the study of 
population data. Reciprocal relationship of social and demographic 
variables. P-151 

359. Race and Culture. (3) Racial and ethnic groups are looked at in 
terms of how prejudice and discrimination operates to affect their social 
relationships. Particular emphasis on the psychological and sociological 
theories of prejudice. P-151 

360. Social Stratification. (3) Methods for locating and studying social 
classes in the U. S. Class structure, function, mobility, and inter-class 
relationships. P-151 

371. Contemporary Social Theory. (3) A review of the major writings 
in the field. Emphasis is placed on the content and on the development 
of theory through time. P-151 

380. Social Statistics. (3) Basic statistics, emphasizing application in 
survey research. One who takes this course may not receive credit in 
Bus. Adm. 368, Math 357, 358 or Psy. 213. 

384. Social Research. (3) A survey of sociological research techniques. 
Emphasis on developing actual studies. P-151 

385, 386. Seminar. (1) A reading and research seminar for majors in 
Sociology and Anthropology. 

Anthropology 

162. General Anthropology. (3) Basic concepts of anthropology, focusing 
upon the biological and socio-cultural evolution of man from Pleistocene 
to present and an analysis of his contemporary cultural diversity. 

342. Peoples and Cultures of Latin America. (3) Ethnographic focus 
on the elements and processes of contemporary Latin American cultures. 
P-162 or permission of instructor. 

343. Anthropology and Developing Nations. (3) Analytic survey of 
problems facing emerging nations and the application of anthropology in 
culture-change programs. P-162 or permission of instructor. 

344. Medical Anthropology. (3) The impact of Western medical prac- 
tices and theory on non-Western cultures and anthropological contribu- 
tion to the solving of world health problems. P-162 

351. Bioanthropology. (3) Introduction to biological (physical) anthro- 
pology: human biology, evolution and variability. P-162 

352. Cultural Anthropology. (3) A cross-cultural analysis of human 
institutions concentrating on non-industrial societies. P-162 

159 



Anthropology 



353. Peoples and Cultures of Africa. (3) The ethnology and prehistory 
of Negro Africa south of the Sahara. P-162 

354. Primitive Religion. (3) The world-view of values of nonliterate 
cultures as expressed in myths, rituals and symbols. P-162 or Soc. 151 

356. Archaeology. (3) Introduction to prehistoric archaeology: field and 
laboratory techniques, with survey of world prehistory. P-162 

357. Personality in Culture. (3) A study of the psychodynamics of 
social personality and national character. P-162 or Soc. 151 

358. The American Indian. (3) Ethnology and prehistory of the Ameri- 
can Indian. P-162 

362. Human Ecology and Geography. (3) The relations between man 
and his inorganic and organic environment as mediated by culture. 

373. Peoples and Cultures of Southeast Asia. (3) Ethnology and pre- 
history of Southeast Asia. P-162 or permission of instructor. 

385. 386. Seminar. (1,1) A reading and research seminar for majors is 
Sociology and Anthropology. 

Courses for Graduate Students* 
Sociology 
412. Development of Sociological Theory. (3) 
421. Quantification in Social Research. (3) 
426. Seminar: Sociological Research Methods. (3) 
431. Seminar: An Analysis of Contemporary Society. (3) 
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 

Anthropology 
452. Anthropological Theory. (3) 

462. Seminar: Research Methods in Social Anthropology. (3) 
464. Seminar: Research in Applied Anthropology. (3) 
472. Seminar: Research Methods in Archaeology. (3) 
491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 



* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

160 



Speech 

Speech 

Professor Shirley 

Associate Professor Burroughs 

Assistant Professors Hayes, Tedford, Wolfe 

Instructor Elkins 

The major in Speech consists of 30 credit hours which must 
include courses 151, 161, 121 or 323, 231, 241 or 341, and 252. 
The Speech adviser will recommend the remaining 12 hours 
from courses that conform to the individual's needs. Each 
Speech major is strongly urged to elect courses in the Social 
Sciences, Psychology, Philosophy, and Literature. 

Superior speech majors meeting certain specified requirements 
may be invited by the Department to participate in the honors 
program in Speech. To fulfill the requirements of honors, a 
student must earn a QPR of 3.3 on all Speech courses and an 
overall QPR of 3.0, successfully complete Speech 289, and 
pass a comprehensive written and oral examination at the end 
of the senior year. Upon satisfactory completion of these re- 
quirements, the candidate will be graduated with "Honors in 
Speech." Members of the Speech staff will provide additional 
information. 

121. Introduction to the Theatre. (3) A survey of all areas of Theatre 
art. Experience in laboratory and University Theatre productions. 

151. Speech Fundamentals. (3) A study of the nature and fundamentals 
of Speech. Practice in the preparation and delivery of short speeches. 

152. Public Speaking. (3) The preparation and presentation of short 
speeches to inform, convince, actuate, and entertain. P-151 

161. Voice and Diction. (3) A study of the principles of voice production 
with emphasis on phonetics as the basis for correct sound formation. 

223. Stagecraft. (3) A study of the basic elements of theatre technology. 
Practical experience gained in laboratory and University Theatre pro- 
ductions. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission. 

226. Theories of Acting. (3) A study of acting theories from Aristotle 
to the present. Open to freshmen and sophomores by permission of 
instructor. 

227. Theatre Speech. (2) An intensive course in the analysis and cor- 

161 



Speech 

relation of the physiological, physical, and interpretative aspects of voice 
and diction on the stage. 

231. Oral Interpretation of Literature. (3) Fundamentals of reading 
aloud with emphasis on selection, analysis, and performance. 

241. Introduction to Broadcasting. (3) A study of radio and television 
broadcasting in the United States. Laboratory work in radio and tele- 
vision announcing. 

245. Introduction to Film. (3) Historical introduction to motion pictures 
through the study of various kinds of film classics and their relationship 
to society. 

251. Persuasion. (3) A study of the principles and forms of persuasive 
speaking. Practice in persuasive speaking. P-151, or permission of in- 
structor. 

252. Argumentation and Debate. (3) A study of the essentials of 
argumentation. Practice in debate. Open to freshmen and sophomores 
by permission of instructor. 

261. Speech Correction. (3) An introductory study of principles and 
methods of speech correction. Observations and clinical practice will be 
provided. 

262. Speech Pathology. (3) Essentially a detailed treatment of the dis- 
orders of speech. Research project. P-261. 

263. Audiology. (3) Survey of the field of hearing and hearing dis- 
orders. P-261 

289. Honors Course in Speech. (1) A thorough paper and project in- 
volving intensive work in an area of special interest. Comprehensive 
examination. Open to seniors who are candidates for graduation with 
distinction in Speech. 

321. Theatre Design. (3) A study of theories and styles of stage design 
and their application to the complete play. P-121, 325, or permission of 
instructor. 

323. Play Directing. (3) An introduction to the theory and practice of 
play directing P-121, 222, or permission of instructor. 

S-324. Directing the Drama Program. (3) A study of the function of 
drama in the educational curriculum with emphasis on the secondary 
level. Laboratory work in High School Speech Institute. 

325. History of World Theatre. (3) A survey of the development of 
the ^theatre from its primitive beginnings to the present. Readings, 
lectures and reports. 

326. Advanced Acting. (3) A concentrated study of the actor's art 
through theory and practice. P-226 or Permission of instructor. 

162 



Speech 

327. History of the American Theatre. (3) A survey of theatre in 
America from Colonial to Modern times. Lectures, readings, and reports. 

331. Advanced Oral Interpretation. (3) Study and practice in the oral 
interpretation of forms of literature, with attention to group interpreta- 
tion. Readings, special projects, and reports. 

341. Radio-Television-Film Production. (3) A workshop course in the 
production of radio, and television programs and motion pictures. 

351. Introduction to Semantics. (3) A study of how persons respond to 
words and other symbols. Reports and a critical paper. 

352. Group Discussion and Conference Leadership. (3) An introduction 
to the theory and practice of cooperative group deliberation. Collateral 
readings. 

353. American Public Address. (3) The history and criticism of Amer- 
ican public address from colonial times to the present. 

354. British Public Address. (3) A historical and critical survey of lead- 
ing British speakers and their speeches from the sixteenth century to 
the present. 

S-355. Directing the Forensic Program. (3) A pragmatic study of the 
methods of directing high school and college forensics. Laboratory work 
in the Wake Forest High School Speech Institute. 



Courses for Graduate Students* 

421. Modern Theatre Production. (3) 

423. Advanced Directing. (3) 

425. Evolution of Dramatic Theory: Seminar. (3) 

441. Seminar in Radio-Television-Film. (3) 

451. Classical Rhetoric. (3) 

452. Renaissance and Modern Rhetoric. (3) 

453. Seminar in Argumentation and Persuasion. (3) 

454. Seminar in Public Address. (3) 
463. Bases of Speech. (3) 

491, 492. Thesis Research. (3,3) 



* For course descriptions, see the Graduate Bulletin. 

163 



Courses at Salem College 



The Asian Studies Program 

As a result of a grant from the Mary Reynolds Babcock 
Foundation, an Asian studies program was inaugurated in the 
fall of 1960 at Wake Forest College, Salem College, and Win- 
ston-Salem State College. The director of the program is Pro- 
fessor B. G. Gokhale, and the following courses are available 
in the Wake Forest University curriculum: 

Asian Studies 211, 212. Asian Thought and Civilization. (3,3) Some 
dominant themes in Asian thought and their influence on Asian civiliza- 
tion. P-sophomore standing. 

History 341, 342. History and Civilization of Southeast Asia. (3,3) 
History 345, 346. History and Civilization of South Asia. (3,3) 
History 347, 348. Modern India. (3,3) 
Hindi 111, 112. Elementary Hindi. (3,3) 
Hindi 151, 152. Intermediate Hindi. (3,3) 

Political Science 239. Government and Politics of East Asia. (3) 
Political Science 240. Government and Politics of Southeast Asia. (3) 
Political Science 245. Government and Politics of South Asia. (3) 
Political Science 266. Asian Political Thought. (3) 
Sociology 355. Oriental Social and Cultural Systems. (3) 
Sociology 356. Modern Asia: The Social Impact of the West. (3) 
Anthropology 373. Ethnography of Southeast Asia. (3) 

A description of each of these courses may be found in the 
curriculum of the department concerned. 

Courses at Salem College 

Wake Forest University and Salem College participate in a 
plan of exchange credits whereby courses offered at Salem and 
not offered at Wake Forest are available to full-time students 
regularly enrolled at Wake Forest. The same privilege is ex- 
tended by Wake Forest topfull-time Salem students. 

A Wake Forest student interested in taking a course at 
Salem must make formal application in advance, and the appli- 
cation must be approved by his faculty adviser and by the Dean 
of the College. No financial payment is necessary except in 
certain courses in which the student receives private instruction. 
Grades and quality points earned in courses at Salem are 
evaluated in the same way as they would be if the work were 
taken at Wake Forest. 

More detailed information about this plan in available in 
the offices of the Registrar and the Dean of the College. The 
plan is effective only during the regular academic year and not 
during any summer session. 

164 



THE CHARLES H. BABCOCK SCHOOL 
OF BUSINESS ADMINISTRATION 

Faculty* 
James Ralph Scales, President 

Jeanne Owen, Acting Dean and Professor of Business Law 
William E. Cage, Assistant Professor of Economics 
Raymond A. Conely, Assistant Professor of Accounting 
Leon P. Cook, Associate Professor of Accounting 
Ralph C. Heath, Professor of Marketing 
Hugh K. Himan, Assistant Professor of Economics 
Delmer P. Hylton, Professor of Accounting 
Charles Chau-Fei Ou, Instructor in Economics 
Karl Myron Scott, Professor of Management 
J. Van Wagstaff, Associate Professor of Economics 

Aims 

With the constant growth in the industrialization of the 
region and the increase in the complexity of modern business, 
it is felt that professional education for men and women of 
business becomes ever more essential. Wake Forest University, 
through the Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administra- 
tion, seeks to provide a liberal education and at the same time 
the preparation essential to a career in business. Course work 
and degree requirements are based upon a philosophy of breadth 
of educational experience both in the liberal arts and in pro- 
fessional work. Emphasis in the professional courses is upon 
basic principles and the decision making process. 

Accreditation 

The Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 
is a full member in good standing of the American Association 
of Collegiate Schools of Business. 



* See Administration and Faculty Sections for full information. 

165 



Business Administration 



Admission Requirements 

Admission to the Charles H. Babcock School of Business 
Administration is at the junior level. A student who has com- 
pleted 54 semester hours of work and who meets the quality 
point ratio indicated below may be admitted to the School upon 
application : 

Hours Attempted Quality-Point Ratio 
54 to 64.9 1.65 

65 to 74.9 1.70 

75 to 84.9 1.80 

85 and over 1.85 

It is desirable, but not required, that a student have com- 
pleted Accounting 101 and 102 and Economics 213 and 214 
before his junior year. 

For minimum academic requirements for continuation in the 
School see pages 73-75. 

Enrollment in Courses by Non-Business Students: Students 
with hours earned or a point ratio below that required for admis- 
sion to the School of Business Administration may take courses 
numbered 300 and above in Accounting and Business Admin- 
istration only with the permission of the Dean of the School 
of Business Administration. 

Transfer of Credits From Other Schools 

Of the 51 hours of work in the School of Business Admini- 
stration required for the B.B.A. degree, a minimum of 30 hours 
must be taken in this School. The following rules apply for 
transfer of residence credit from other schools: 

1. A student transferring to Wake Forest University must first meet 
the general admission requirements of the College. It he transfers 
54 hours or more and wishes to become a candidate for the B.B.A. 
degree, he must then apply for admission to the Charles H. Babcock 
School of Business Administration. If he transfers less than 54 
hours, he makes application to the School of Business Administra- 
tion only after he has earned a total of 54 hours. 

2. A course passed with the lowest passing grade at another institu- 
tion does not give hour credit toward graduation, but may be used 
to satisfy a course requirement upon approval of the Dean of the 
School of Business Administration. 

166 



Business Administration 



3. Work passed above the minimum passing grade: 

(a) Schools which are members of the American Association of 
Collegiate School of Business: 

All credit is acceptable if the student received a satisfactory 
grade in the course and if a similar course is offered at 
Wake Forest University. Credit for courses not offered at 
Wake Forest University may be accepted upon approval of 
the Dean of the School of Business Administration. 

(b) Four-year colleges which are accredited by the regional accre- 
diting association: 

Credit for Principles of Accounting and Principles of Eco- 
nomics will be granted with or without a validating exam at 
the discretion of the Dean of the School of Business Admini- 
stration. A validating examination may be required for any 
course transferred. 

(c) Accredited junior colleges: 

Principles of Economics may be accepted without a validating 
exam at the discretion of the Dean of the School of Business 
Administration. A validating exam is required for Principles 
of Accounting. No junior or senior courses will be accepted. 

(d) Non-accredited schools: 

All credit transferred must be validated by examination. 

Organizations 

Beta Gamma Sigma, the national honorary society in busi- 
ness, elects to membership each year a limited number of the 
academically outstanding candidates for the B.B.A. degree. Two 
professional fraternities for men, the Gamma Nu Chapter of 
Delta Sigma Pi and the Gamma Delta Chapter of Alpha Kappa 
Psi, and the local society for women, Delta Kappa Nu, offer 
opportunities for fellowship and learning outside the classroom. 
The Business Student Association represents all business stu- 
dents and serves as a liason between students and the faculty 
of the School. 

Awards 

For a description of the following awards see pages 66-67: 
Lura Baker Paden Medal, North Carolina Association of Certi- 
fied Public Accountants Medal, A. M. Pullen and Company 

167 



Business Administration 



Medal, Wall Street Journal Award, Alpha Kappa Psi Scholar- 
ship Key, Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key, Delta Kappa Nu's 
Business Woman Student Award. 

Dean's List Certificates are awarded to graduating seniors re- 
ceiving the B.B.A. degree who have appeared on the Dean's 
List for two of the four semesters prior to graduation. 

Degrees 

The Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 
offers the Bachelor of Business Administration with either a 
major in accounting or a concentration in accounting, eco- 
nomics, finance, marketing, management, and public admini- 
stration. The School also offers the courses for a major in 
economics for those taking the Bachelor of Arts degree in the 
College of Arts and Sciences. A student cannot be considered a 
candidate for the B.B.A. degree until he has been admitted 
to the School of Business Administration. 

For the B.B.A. degree, a candidate must complete a total of 
128 hours of college work, which must include at least 51 hours 
in required and elective courses in the College of Arts and 
Sciences and at least 51 hours in the School of Business Admin- 
istration. The work in the College is with a few exceptions that 
required of all undergraduate students at Wake Forest. The 
work in the School of Business Administration must include 
the designated core professional courses, either a major in 
accounting or a concentration of three courses beyond the 
required courses in any one area, and electives to make the 
total of 51 hours. The remaining hours to complete the 128 
may be elected either in the School of Business Administration 
or in the College. In addition, the student must present a 
minimum of two quality points earned at Wake Forest for each 
hour attempted at Wake Forest and two quality points for 
each hour attempted elsewhere. 



168 



Business Administration 



Basic Requirements 
(Freshman and Sophomore Years) 

English 111, 112, 153, 156 Physical Education 111, 112 

History 111, 112 Choice of 6 hours: 
* Mathematics 105 and 161 Language through 151, 152; or 

tReligion, 6 hours Mathematics 111 or 162 and 

fPolitical Science or Sociology, Speech 151 

6 hours Accounting 101, 102 

Philosophy 111 Economics 213, 214 

Laboratory Science, 8 hours 

Core Professional Work 

Econ. 321 (Money and Banking) BA 361-362 (Business Law) 

BA 331 (Prin. of Management) BA 368 (Business Statistics) 

BA 340 (Prin. of Marketing) BA 420 (Corporation Finance) 

BA 350 (Bus. Communications) BA 460 (Quan. Anal, of Bus. Data) 

Accounting Major 

The accounting curriculum is designed to give all candidates 
for degrees in Business Administration or Economics basic 
knowledge which is essential in understanding and administer- 
ing business operations. For those who elect more than the 
minimum required work, the curriculum makes available oppor- 
tunity for education for the more responsible accounting posi- 
tions in industry and government and also enables the student 
to prepare himself for the Certified Public Accountant exami- 
nation. 

A major in accounting is offered to candidates for the B.B.A. 
degree. In order to qualify as an accounting major, the student 
must complete Accounting 101 and 102, 201 and 202, 203, and 
404, and three additional courses in accounting. A point-hour 
ratio of 2.75 to 1 must be attained in accounting subjects. Those 
who graduate as accounting majors are permitted to take the 
C.P.A. examination in North Carolina without qualifying exper- 
ience which is otherwise necessary. (The point-hour ratio does 
not apply for C.P.A. examination purposes.) 

The senior accounting major may have the opportunity to 
obtain practical accounting experience and training through 
the Accounting Internship Program. 



* Those students who are permitted to enter Mathematics 111 as a result of the Mathe- 
matics Placement Test are not required to take Mathematics 105. 
t See page 83. 

169 



Business Administration 



It is recommended that the student interested in a career in 
accounting begin his accounting studies during his freshman 
year in college. 

Economics Major 

A major in economics with the B.A. degree and a concentra- 
tion in economics with the B.B.A. degree are offered in the 
School of Business Administration. For a description of the 
major in Economics see the College section of the catalog. The 
concentration in economics is discussed below. 

Areas of Concentration 

Each student must select a minimum of three courses from 
those listed in one of the following areas of concentration: 



Accounting 

Acct. 201, 202 Intermediate Accounting 

Acct. 203 Cost Accounting 

Acct. 204 Advanced Cost Accounting 

Acct. 301 Governmental Accounting 

Acct. 302 Accounting Systems 

Acct. 401 Advanced Accounting Problems I 

Acct. 402 Advanced Accounting Problems II 

Acct. 403 Income Tax Accounting 

Acct. 404 Auditing 

Acct. 405 Accounting Internship 

Acct. 406 Current Accounting Theory 



Economics 

Econ. 312 Economic History of U. S. 3 

Econ. 313 Microeconomic Theory 3 

Econ. 314 Macroeconomic Theory 3 

Econ. 315 International Economics 3 

Econ. 316 Economics of Underdeveloped Areas 3 

B.A. 346 Principles of Transportation 3 

Econ. 411 Public Finance 3 

Econ. 412 Comparative Economic Systems 3 

Econ. 413 Contemporary Economic Problems 3 

Econ. 414 History of Economic Thought 3 

Econ. 415 Seminar in Amer. Econ. Development 3 

Econ. 419 Economic Research 3 



170 



Accounting 



Finance 

B.A. 326 Investments 

B.A. 342 Credits and Collections 

B.A. 364 Insurance 

Acct. 403 Income Tax Accounting 

Econ. 411 Public Finance 



Management and Industrial Relations 

Acct. 203 Cost Accounting 3 

Acct. 204 Advanced Cost Accounting 2 

B.A. 332 Production Management 3 

B.A. 333 Personnel Management 3 

Econ. 412 Comparative Economic Systems 3 

B.A. 431 Labor Law 3 

B.A. 434 Labor Relations 3 



Marketing 



Econ. 


315 


International Economics 


B.A. 


342 


Credits and Collections 


B.A. 


344 


Retailing 


B.A. 


346 


Principles of Transportation 


B.A. 


442 


Fundamentals of Selling 



Public Administration 

B.A. 270 Public Administration 

Acct. 301 Governmental Accounting 

B.A. 333 Personnel Management 

Econ. 411 Public Finance 



Pol. Sci. 151, 152 American Institutions, Politics, and Policies 3 

Description of Courses 

I 

Accounting 

101, 102, Principles of Accounting. (3,3) The fundamental concepts of 
accounting, the accounting equation, the accounting cycle. Preparation 
of statements and working papers. Acct. 101 is prerequisite to 102. 
201, 202. Intermediate Accounting. (3,3) A detailed analysis of problems 
and related theory for typical accounts in financial statements. Prepara- 
tion of special supplementary reports. 201 is prerequisite for 202. 
203. Cost Accounting. (3) Theory and procedures used in accumulating 
product costs under job lot and continuous process manufacturing pro- 
cedures. P-102 



171 



Economics 

204. Advanced Cost Accounting. (2) A continuation of Acct-203 with 
the primary emphasis on the accumulation of costs for budget develop- 
ment and analysis of performance variances. P-203 

301. Governmental Accounting. (3) Theory and techniques in accounts 
for non-profit institutions, with special emphasis on local governmental 
units. Preparation of reports and statements. P-201 

302. Accounting Systems. (3) A study of the functions which must be 
performed by an adequate accounting system. Methods and procedures 
necessary to accomplish these functions are examined and related to 
selected typical organizations. P-201, 203 

401. Advanced Accounting Problems I. (3) Advanced problems designed 
as preparation for the student who intends to work for the C.P.A. certi- 
ficate and for those who desire a more thorough background in account- 
ing. P-201 

402. Advanced Accounting Problems II. (3) Advanced work in theory 
and practice of accounting designed to help prepare the student for the 
C.P.A. examination and to enable him to solve complex business prob- 
lems. P-201 

403. Income Tax Accounting. (5) Unusual treatment of certain accounts 
to comply with the Internal Revenue Code. Preparation of individual 
and corporate returns. P-201 

404. Auditing. (3) Designed to familiarize the student with the profes- 
sional standards of the accounting profession, with special emphasis on 
the attest function of the C.P.A. P-202, 203. 

405. Accounting Internship. (2) The student participates in actual 
operations of a C.P.A. firm and submits reports of his activity. Approval 
of the Dean of the School of Business Administration is necessary for 
enrollment. No credit granted until completion of 404. 

406. Current Accounting Theory. (2) A study of current problems and 
controversies in accounting theory. Admission to the class is by per- 
mission of the instructor only. The class meets in seminar fashion for 
two hours one day each week. 

II 

Economics 

213. Principles of Economics. (3) An introduction to economic analysis, 
with emphasis placed on the roles of consumers, business, labor and 
government in a market economy. 

214. Principles of Economics. (3) Attention is focused on the functioning 
of the economy as a whole, and how government decisions affect the 
performance of the economy. P-213 

172 



Economics 



312. Economic History of the United States. (3) This course may count 
as Business Administration or History, but not both. At the time of 
registration the student must determine in which field credit is desired. 
See History 264. 

313. Microeconomic Theory. (3) An examination of the basic methods 
of price and distribution theory under various market structures. P-213, 
214 

314. Microeconomic Theory. (3) A study of Keynesian and post- 
Keynesian theories about the determination of the level of national in- 
come, employment and economic growth. P-213, 214 

315. International Economics. (3) An introductory study of inter- 
national trade theory, balances of payments, foreign exchange, trade 
restrictions and commercial policies. P-213, 214 

316. Economics of Underdeveloped Areas. (3) A course concerned with 
the economics of underdeveloped countries, their problems of growth 
and development. P-213, 214 

321. Money and Banking. (3) A study of monetary systems, the bank- 
ing structure, banking problems and international finance. P-213, 214 

411. Public Finance. (3) An examination of the economic behavior of 
government. Includes principles of taxation, spending, borrowing and 
debt management. P-213, 214 

412. Comparative Economic Systems. (3) An objective examination of 
the theory and practices of various economic systems, including cap- 
italism, socialism, and communism. P-213, 214 

413. Contemporary Economic Problems. (3) An economic analysis of 
current issues, with emphasis placed upon the research that precedes 
policy formation. P-213, 214 

414. History of Economic Thought. (3) A historical survey of the main 
developments in economic thought from the biblical period to the twen- 
tieth century. P-213, 214 

415. Seminar in American Economic Development. (3) The application 
of economic theory and statistical methods to problems and issues in 
American economic progress. Requires advanced reading, discussion and 
research. P-213, 214; B.A. 368 

419. Economic Research. (3) Independent study and research super- 
vised by a member of the economics staff. P-313, 314 



173 



Business Administration 



III 

Business Administration 

270. Public Administration. (3) This course may count as Business 
Administration or Political Science, but not both. At the time of registra- 
tion the student must determine in which field credit is desired. See 
Political Science 213. 

326. Investments. (3) A study of the principles governing the proper 
investment of personal and institutional funds; information sources; ex- 
changes and government regulations. P-Acct. 102, Econ. 214. 

331. Principles of Management. (3) An explanation of basic manage- 
ment functions of planning, organizing, actuating and controlling in our 
economy. Cases supplement readings. P-Eeon. 213, 214 

332. Production Management. (3) A case study of production control 
policies, procedures and techniques based on associated readings and 
assigned problems. P-331, Econ. 214. 

333. Personal Management. (3) An analysis of principles and proce- 
dures of acquiring, using and compensating a labor force supplemented 
by selected case studies. P-Econ. 214 

340. Principles of Marketing. (3) Presents the domestic marketing 
system and its development. Examines marketing policies and their busi- 
ness, economic and social implications. Provides the foundation for ad- 
vanced work in marketing and related subjects. 

341. Advanced Marketing. (3) Presents a synthesis of the key aspects 
of marketing management and strategy from the standpoint of pro- 
ducers of consumer or industrial product lines. Fundamentals and 
basic concepts are stressed. P-340 

342. Credits and Collections. (3) This course provides an appreciation 
of the economic and social implications of credit and reveals the specific 
types of credit available. It studies the credit and collection functions of 
business and related organizations. 

344. Retailing. (3) This course provides an orientation to the man- 
agerial study of retailing by giving attention to its distinctive features 
and by relating the marketing concept to the retailing process. 

346. Principles of Transportation. (3) This course offers an integrated 
approach to domestic transportation: it considers the basic modes of 
transport; the managerial aspects of transportation; transportation econo- 
mics; and physical distribution. 

350. Business Communication. (3) The development of sound business 
communications in correct forceful English. P-Eng. 112 

361, 362. Business Law. (3,3) An introduction to the continuing develop- 

174 



Business Administration 



ment of law and its relation to social and economic issues affecting busi- 
ness. 

364. Insurance. (3) A study of the fundamental principles of insurance 
and their application to life, property, casualty, and social insurance. 

366. Real Estate. (3) A study of the basic principles, laws, and practices 
relating to appraisal, ownership, control, financing, and transfer of real 
property. 

368. Business Statistics. (3) A study of statistical analysis designed to 
help in business economic decision-making. Hypothesis testing, regress- 
sion and correlation analyses are included. Credit will not be given for 
this course and Math 357, 358, or Sociology 280. P-60 semester hours 
work. 

420. Corporation Finance. (3) A study of the principles and practices 
of financing private corporations including elements of govenment control. 
P-Acct. 102, Econ. 214. 

421. Labor Law. (3) An analysis of the effect of legislation and its inter- 
pretation upon the development and current actions of both management 
and labor. P-Econ. 214 

434. Labor Relations. (3) A study of functional group bargaining in our 
economy, covering management and labor's use of the wage system, col- 
lective bargaining and income distribution. P-Econ. 214 

442. Fundamentals of Selling. (3) The various ways to promote sales 
have underlying similarities. Some methods perform better than others 
in particular circumstances. This course studies various sales techniques, 
with emphasis on personal selling. 

460. Quantitative Analysis of Business Data. (3) The course is an intro- 
duction to techniques developed by operation researchers; management 
applications of probability, linear programming, break-even analysis, etc. 
are studied. P-Econ. 214, Acct. 102. 

470. Administrative Policy. (3) A synthesis of the economics, market- 
ing, accounting and finance areas of Business Administration as used 
by top management is developed through use of case analysis and 
related techniques. Permission of the instructor. 



175 



GRADUATE SCHOOL 

On January 13, 1961, the Trustees of Wake Forest College 
established the Division of Graduate Studies and announced 
that beginning in September, 1961, the College would resume 
course and research work leading to the degree Master of Arts 
in the Departments of Biology, Chemistry, English, History, 
Mathematics, and Physics. In September, 1964, the Department 
of Psychology was added to this group. Two years later, grad- 
uate study was begun in the Department of Sociology and 
Anthropology, and in September, 1967, the Departments of 
Physical Education and Religion inaugurated master's degree 
programs. 

On June 12, 1967, when Wake Forest College became Wake 
Forest University, the name of the Division of Graduate Studies 
was changed to the Graduate School. Also on that date, the 
Department of Education began offering programs of study 
leading to the Master of Arts in Education degree for those 
training to become teachers, principals, supervisors, and coun- 
selors in the public secondary schools. 

Candidates for the degree Master of Arts are required to com- 
plete successfully a minimum of twenty-four hours of course 
work, write a thesis for which six hours of credit are allotted, 
and pass a reading examination in one modern foreign language. 
The requirements for the Master of Arts in Education degree 
are essentially the same except that prospective principals and 
counselors may write an internship report instead of a thesis 
and there are possible substitutions for the foreign language 
requirement in all of the programs in Education. 

The Graduate School will have twenty full tuition scholar- 
ships available to be awarded for the summer of 1969 and a 
total of sixty-eight assistantships, fellowships, and scholarships 
for the academic year 1969-1970. 

The Bulletin of the Graduate School, an application for 
admission form, and an application for grant form may be 
obtained by writing the Dean of the Graduate School, Box 7323, 
Reynolda Station, Wake Forest University, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina 27109. 



176 



SCHOOL OF LAW 

Faculty* 

James Ralph Scales, President 

Carroll W. Weathers, Dean and Professor of Law 

Richard Gordon Bell, Professor of Law 

Leon Henry Corbett, Jr., Assistant Professor of Law 

Hugh William Divine, Professor of Law 

Esron McGruder Faris, Jr., Professor of Law 

Henry Conrad Lauerman, Professor of Law 

Robert E. Lee, Professor of Law 

James E. Sizemore, Professor of Law 

James A. Webster, Jr., Professor of Law 

Mrs. Vivian Lunsford Wilson, Law Librarian 

General Statement 

The Law School was established as a department of Wake 
Forest College in 1894, the first instructor being Professor N. Y. 
Gulley, who served as dean from 1905 until his retirement from 
active administration in 1935. From the beginning, the school 
has steadily grown and developed until it now has a faculty 
of nine full-time teachers. 

The selection and treatment of the courses of study offered 
in the Law School, and the method of instruction employed are 
designed to afford comprehensive and thorough training in the 
broad field of legal education and to equip students to practice 
in any jurisdiction where the Anglo-American law system pre- 
vails. The achievement of these purposes necessitates, first, the 
requirement of adequate and appropriate preliminary education 
in order to assure an intellectual maturity and cultural back- 
ground against which legal principles and problems can be 
understood in their social, economic and moral, as well as in 
their legal aspects; second, a comprehensive study of the 
theories and doctrines of the Anglo-American system of law 
and their statutory modification. 



* See Administration and Faculty sections for full information. 

177 



Law 

The Law School has as its objective, not only to train a stu- 
dent in legal principles and doctrines, but also to stimulate his 
reasoning powers, to prepare him to present legal propositions 
logically and analytically, and to develop in the student a pro- 
found sense of legal ethics, professional responsibility and the 
duty of the lawyer to society. 

The Law School is fully approved by all national and state 
accrediting agencies. It is a member of the Association of 
American Law Schools, and is listed as an approved school by 
the American Bar Association, by the Board of Law Examiners 
and Council of the North Carolina State Bar, and by the 
University of the State of New York. 

The Law School has its separate building, modern in all 
respects and designed to accommodate the continued growth 
and future development of the School and the expansion of its 
program in the field of legal education. The law building, which 
is a handsome four-story structure, contains many attractive 
and useful features including air-conditioning. 

The Law Library contains approximately 37,800 volumes, 
carefully selected to avoid unnecessary duplication and to insure 
the greatest possible usefulness. 

Admission Requirements 

The academic requirements for admission to the School 
of Law, as a candidate for the J.D. degree, may be satisfied 
by any one of the following methods: 

(1) An academic degree from an approved college or univer- 
sity. 

(2) The completion of three years of academic work pre- 
scribed in the "Combined Course" in Wake Forest College. (See 
pages 87-88 for details.) 

The Law School does not admit applicants without an 
academic degree, except applicants from Wake Forest College 
who pursue the "Combined Course" plan of three years of 
acceptable academic work in Wake Forest College. 

The academic requirements set forth above are minimum 
requirements, and satisfaction of these requirements does not 
necessarily entitle an applicant to admission. The Law School 

178 



Law 

requires for admission a scholastic average appreciably higher 
than a bare C average, and considers not only the scholastic 
average, but also the nature and subject-matter of the courses 
taken by the applicant. In addition, an applicant for admission 
is required to take the Law School Admission Test (hereinafter 
referred to) and to have his scores on such Test furnished 
this Law School. 

There is no rigidly prescribed pre-legal curriculum for admis- 
sion to the School of Law. Since the law, in its application and 
as a subject of study, touches so many phases of life, it has been 
considered unwise to require an inflexible preparatory course. 
The School of Law merely recommends the inclusion of as 
many of the following courses as possible in any pre-law program 
of study: English Composition, History of the United States, 
History of England, European History, Constitutional History, 
Government of the United States, State and Local Government, 
Comparative Government, International Relations, Literature, 
Foreign Languages, Speech, Psychology, Philosophy, Logic, 
Natural Sciences, Mathematics, Principles of Economics, Ac- 
counting, and Investments. 

Application for admission to the School of Law must be made 
in writing on a form furnished by the Dean of the School of Law. 
The applicant must request the Registrar of each college or 
university that he has attended to send a complete transcript 
of his record direct to the Dean of the School of Law. 

Beginning students are admitted to the School of Law at 
the opening of the fall session. In addition, for several years it 
has been the policy of the Law School to admit beginning stu- 
dents at the opening of the spring session, which enables such 
students by continuing without interruption to complete the 
three-year course in two and one-half years consisting of five 
regular semesters and two summer sessions. 

Admission to Advanced Standing. A student from a law 
school which is a member of the Association of American Law 
Schools, who is otherwise qualified to enter this school, may 
in the discretion of the faculty be admitted to advanced stand- 
ing for the J.D. degree. The student must be eligible for readmis- 
sion to the law school from which he proposes to transfer. The 
last year of work on the basis of which the degree is granted 
must be taken in the Wake Forest University School of Law. 

179 



Law 



Law School Admission Test 

The Law School requires all applicants for admission to take 
the Law School Admission Test, a test administered by Edu- 
cational Testing Service. The applicant's scores on the Test 
will be considered among other factors in passing on his appli- 
cation for admission to this Law School. 

Applicants should write Law School Admission Test, Educa- 
tional Testing Service, P.O. Box 944, Princeton, New Jersey, 
for application forms for taking the Test, and for the Bulletin 
of Information regarding the Test. 

Scholarships and Student Aid 

The Law School has a number of scholarships available for 
each beginning class. Some of these scholarships are awarded on 
the basis of character, scholarship and financial need. Additional 
scholarships in a larger amount and covering full tuition are 
available for each beginning class and are awarded on the basis 
of character and exceptional scholastic achievement without 
regard to financial need. Application forms for scholarships may 
be obtained from the Dean of the School of Law. Applications 
for scholarships should be filed by March 10th for the school 
year commencing the following September. 

The University has available loan funds for the benefit of 
students who are in need of financial aid and have satisfactorily 
completed at least a full semester. 

In addition, a number of law students are afforded limited 
employment as Law Library assistants and dormitory counselors 
but usually after the completion of their first year. 

Degree of J.D. 

The degree of Juris Doctor (J.D.) will be awarded to the 
student who (1) has fulfilled the requirements for admission 
to the Law School as a regular student, (2) thereafter spends 
the equivalent of three academic years in resident study in the 
Law School, (3) successfully completes eighty-three semester 
hours of law, including all prescribed courses, and (4) attains 
a cumulative weighted average of 67 or more on all work 
required for graduation. 

180 



Law 



The Summer Session 

The School of Law operates a summer session of nine weeks, 
the work of which is carefully planned with reference to the 
curriculum of the regular academic year, and may be used 
either to supplement the regular curriculum or as a substitute 
for part of it. Courses are offered during the summer session 
for advanced students only. 

Further Information 

Descriptions of the system of grading and examinations, 
general scholastic regulations, student organizations, prizes 
and awards, and the complete course of study are contained 
in a special Law School Bulletin, issued annually. Requests for 
this Bulletin, and other correspondence concerning the Law 
School, should be addressed to The Dean, School of Law, 
Wake Forest University, P. 0. Box 7206 Reynolda Station, 
Winston-Salem, N. C. 27109. 



181 



BOWMAN GRAY SCHOOL OF MEDICINE 

Administration Officers* 

James Ralph Scales, President 

Manson Meads, Vice President for Medical Affairs and 
Dean 

Robert L. Tuttle, Academic Dean 

Clyde T. Hardy, Jr., Associate Dean (Administration) 

C. Nash Herndon, Associate Dean ( Research Develop- 
ment) 

Harry O. Parker, Controller 

Mrs. Erika Love, Librarian 

Origin and Development 

The School of Medicine was established at Wake Forest in 
1902. It was renamed the School of Medical Sciences in 1937 
and operated as a two-year medical school until 1941, when it 
was moved to Winston-Salem as a four-year medical school in 
association with the North Carolina Baptist Hospital. It was 
renamed The Bowman Gray School of Medicine of Wake Forest 
University in recognition of the benefactor who made the expan- 
sion possible. 

Facilities 

The main teaching hospital of the medical school is the North 
Carolina Baptist Hospital. It has 450 general hospital beds, 
an 80-bed progressive care unit, a 12-bed intensive care unit, 
and an outpatient department which serves 95.000 patient 
visits a year. 

The medical school and hospital buildings join to form a 
single unit, resulting in close correlation of clinical and basic 
medical science teaching programs. 



* See Administration and Faculty sections. For the complete faculty roster, 6ee the 
special bulletin of The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, which may be obtained by 
request to The Office of Student Affairs, Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina 27103. 

182 



Medicine 

Construction is under way on buildings included in a 
$30-million expansion program which will virtually double the 
size of the medical center. The project will increase the number 
of teaching beds to 709 and will provide additional clinical, 
educational and research facilities. It is designed to permit a 
37 per cent increase in medical student enrollment and a signifi- 
cant expansion of the graduate and postdoctoral programs. 

Major elements of the program include a 122,000-square-foot 
addition to the medical school on the north side of the 35-acre 
campus; a 14 -story hospital and clinics building on the west 
side; expanded facilities for paramedical education; a 400-seat 
auditorium and a new medical center power plant. 

Requirements for Admission 

The requirements for admission to the medical school are 
based on the premise that the program of training a physician 
is a continuous one shared by both the undergraduate college 
and the medical school. The responsibility of the undergraduate 
training program is thus not only to provide the prospective 
student with the technical information and skills which will 
make it possible for him to complete his course in medical school 
but also to help him develop a broad background of experience 
and interest which will make it possible for him later to achieve 
a full realization of his potentialities as an individual and as a 
member of society. 

Although ninety semester hours are the minimum require- 
ment, it is felt that, except in unusual circumstances, the stu- 
dent should plan to complete a well-rounded four-year college 
course, comprising certain specific requirements, but with the 
emphasis on a broad educational program. 

In order for the student entering medical school to be pre- 
pared for his courses, he must have acquired certain basic 
scientific information. Such information is ordinarily obtained 
in the following undergraduate courses: 

2 semesters of general biology 

2 semesters of general chemistry 

2 semesters of organic chemistry 

2 semesters of general physics 

It should be emphasized that, in listing the above scientific 
requirements, it is not intended to minimize the importance of 
other less specific educational requirements. 

183 



Medicine 

In addition to the material listed above, the student should 
acquire extensive knowledge of man as the product of his 
social, physical, and emotional environment. The desired train- 
ing is given in courses in Philosophy, Religion, Economics, 
Sociology, History, Literature, Mathematics, Language, and 
Psychology. The student is urged to acquaint himself as widely 
in these fields of knowledge as time and his inclination will 
permit. 

Admission 

Students are selected on the basis of academic performance, 
character, and general fitness for the study of medicine. No 
student will be admitted who is ineligible, because of scholastic 
difficulties or misconduct, to re-enroll in a school previously 
attended. Students more than twenty-six years of age are not 
encouraged to apply. 

Graduate Studies 

Course work is offered leading to the Master of Science degree 
and Doctor of Philosophy degree with a major in Anatomy, 
Biochemistry, Microbiology, Pharmacology and Physiology. A 
program leading to the Master of Science degree is offered in 
the Department of Laboratory Animal Medicine for students 
who hold the D.V.M. degree. The Master of Science degree in 
Medical Sciences is offered to qualified students including 
medical students and persons holding the M.D., D.V.M. or 
D.D.S. degrees. This graduate program may be carried out in 
any department or section of the medical school with the 
approval of the Committee on Graduate Studies. 

Detailed information concerning the graduate program can 
be obtained by writing to the Office of Graduate Studies, The 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, North 
Carolina 27103. 

Further Information 

For detailed information concerning enrollment in The 
Bowman Gray School of Medicine, admission to advanced 
standing, and other matters, address The Committee on Admis- 
sions, The Bowman Gray School of Medicine, Winston-Salem, 
North Carolina 27103. 

184 



THE 1969 SUMMER SESSION 

Two Six-Week Terms 

The first of two six-week terms will begin with registration 
on Monday, June 16, 1969, and will extend through July 22. 
The second term will begin with registration on Thursday, 
July 24, and will extend through August 29. 

Class work will be confined to the mornings, except for courses 
in swimming and choir which will meet in the afternoons. 
Periods will be seventy-five minutes in length, and classes will 
meet daily, Monday through Friday, and on the first, third, 
and fifth Saturday of each term. 

Courses in the sciences carry four semester hours credit each, 
and those in swimming, choir and golf one semester hour each. 
All other courses carry three semester hours credit. The normal 
load for a student is six semester hours, and the maximum load 
is seven hours. 

Courses will be offered which are designed to meet the needs 
of regular Wake Forest students, incoming freshmen, visiting 
students from other colleges, and public school teachers needing 
renewal of certificates. There will be courses in Biology, Chem- 
istry, Education, English, History, Mathematics, Modern Lan- 
guages, Music, Philosophy, Psychology, Physics, Physical Edu- 
cation, Religion, Sociology and Anthropology, Speech, and 
Business Administration. 

In the Summer Session of 1969 graduate courses leading to 
the Master of Arts degree will be offered in the departments of 
Biology, English, History, Physical Education, Psychology, 
Sociology and Anthropology, Religion and Speech. Opportunities 
for research toward the Master of Arts degree, but not graduate 
courses, will be provided in the departments of Chemistry, 
Mathematics, and Physics. 

A special program, the Master of Arts in Education, will be 
offered for teachers who desire to complete a Master's program 
in three summer sessions. 



185 



Summer Session 



For additional information see the Summer Session Bulletin, 
which may be obtained by addressing Dean of the Summer 
Session, Wake Forest College, Box 7293, Reynolda Station, 
Winston-Salem 27109. 



186 



DEGREES CONFERRED 



COMMENCEMENT EXERCISES AND DEGREES 

1968 

The Program 
Sunday, June 2 

3:00 p.m. Senior Orations (for the Ward Medal) 

Ronald E. Basset "Quest for Values in the University" 

Frederick L. Cooper, III "The Agony of the Ages" 

Kenneth S. Johnson "The Winter of Our Discontent" 

Walter Brooks Stillwell, III "Education and Political Life" 

4:30 to 6:00 p.m. Reception by President and Mrs. Scales honoring the 
members of the graduating classes and their visitors. 

8:00 p.m. The Baccalaureate Sermon 

The Reverend Theodore F. Adams 
Minister, The First Baptist Church 
Richmond, Virginia 

Monday, June 3 

9:30 a.m. Graduation Exercises 

The Address: "The Uncertain Sounds" 

J. Ollie Edmunds, Chancellor, Stetson University 
The Conferring of Degrees 

Awards and Honors 

1. From the School of Arts and Sciences 
Graduating with Honors in: 

Biology: John Constantine Gretes, Randy Byron Hartman, 

Judith Karen Nanney, William Bullock Pittard, III 
German: Guy Cornelius Hobbs 
History: Douglas Randolph Jones 
Physics: James Allen Cox, Richard Taylor Williams 
Political Science: Louis Peter Schultz 
Psychology: Mary Patricia Carnes, William Charles Gordon, 

Stephen Rawlings Hursh, Richard Felton Nash, William 

Henry Overman, Jennie French Ratliff 
The William E. Speas Memorial Award in Physics: Richard 

Taylor Williams 
A.C.C. Award for excellence in scholarship and athletics: 

Laurence Sutherland Cain 



188 



Commencement Exercises 



Seniors Elected to Phi Beta Kappa — Spring 1968 

Glenda Shaffer Angel Mary Fran Hughes 

Helen Huntley Aull Steven Rawlings Hursh 

Laurence Sutherland Cain Linda Hood Jones 

Beverly Steele Cale Adrienne Gayle Jordan 

Mary Patricia Carnes Sharon Lee Kennedy 

Charles Clinton Caskey Edward Boyd McConnell 

Jimmy Lewis Craig Donna Bird May 

Karen LoRee Edwards Dayna Tate Pate 

Jo Cheryl Exum William Bullock Pittard III 

Joyce Ann Green David Lee Roberts 

John Constantine Gretes Emily Louise Steifle 

Randy Byron Hartman Brenda Ann Templeton 

Patricia Reed Head Nicka Thompson Thornton 

Guy Cornelius Hobbs, Jr. Rebecca Ann Wall 

Kathryn Mae Hocutt Richard Taylor Williams 

James Cranford Hoyle, Jr. Stephen Thomas Wilson 
Virginia Anne Wuertenberger 
Honorary Member: Walter S. Flory 

2. From the School of Business Administration 

A. M. Pullen Company Medal: John McCullough Garrity 
Delta Sigma Pi Scholarship Key: James Bruce Steffey 
Alpha Kappa Psi Scholarship Key: James Bruce Steffey 
North Carolina Association of C. P. A.'s Medal: Thomas 

Samuel Irwin 
Wall Street Journal Award: James Bruce Steffey 
Lura Paden Baker Medal: James Bruce Steffey 
Warren A. Seavey: Bonnie Lynn Hauch Danser 

3. From the School of Law 

North Carolina National Bank Prize: First Prize (Wake 
Forest) Wiley Porter Wooten; Second Prize (Wake Forest) 
John Madison Memory 

Nathan Burkan Memorial Competition: Meyressa Hughes 
Schoonmaker 

The Warren A. Seavey Award: Bonnie Lynn Hauch Danser 

4. From the Bowman Gray School of Medicine 
Faculty Award: James Leland Self 

Best Student Paper Awards 

First prize: Foster Harold Young, Jr. 

Second prize: John Keenan Whisnant, Jr. 

Third prize: Henry Sayler Daugherty 
Pediatric Merit Award: John Keenan Whisnant, Jr. 
Obstetrics-Gynecology Award: William Frederick McGuirt 
Annie J. Covington Memorial Award: Andrew Jay Weiland 

189 



Commencement Exercises 



Senior Members of Alpha Omega Alpha 

Marshall Ray Ball Herbert Miles Schiller 

Robert Wallace Hamill James Leland Self 

Robert Hampton LeGrand, Jr. Samuel Nowell Smith 

William Frederick McGuirt William Thornton Speck 

5. From the Department of Military Science 

President's Trophy: Cadet Lieutenant Colonel David A. 

Smith 
ROTC Certificate of Meritorious Leadership: Cadet Colonel 

Philip H. Cheatwood 
Superior Cadet Decoration: Cadet Major Steven R. Hursh 
Professor of Military Science Award: Cadet Captain Stephen 

Y. Sweet 
American Legion Award for Scholarship: Cadet Major 

Christopher A. Sailer 
American Legion Award for Military Excellence: Cadet 

Major William A. Smith, III 
American Ordnance Association Key: Cadet Lieutenant 

Colonel David A. Smith 
Minute Man Medal: Cadet Lieutenant Colonel Edward G. 

Moore 
Reserve Officers' Association Medal: Cadet Major James J. 

Kincheloe 

6. Graduation Distinctions: 

Summa Cum Laude 

Glenda Shaffer Angel Richard Taylor Williams 

Jo Cheryl Exum Virginia Anne Wuertenberger 

Magna Cum Laude 

Laurence Sutherland Cain Mary Fran Hughes 

Mary Patricia Carnes Steven Rawlings Hursh 

John Constantine Gretes Adrienne Gayle Jordan 

Guy Cornelius Hobbs Donna Bird May 

Kathryn Mae Hocutt Emily Louise Steiffle 

James Cranford Hoyle, Jr. Rebecca Ann Wall 
Stephen Thomas Wilson 



Cum Laude 

Betty Branch Arrington Roy Crary Blank 

Susan Palmer Arnold Charles Ben Boss 

Mary Sue Memory Baird Beverly Steele Cale 

Herschel Dwight Bartlett Charles Clinton Caskey 

Lila Jane Biggerstaff Howard Charles Colvard, Jr. 

190 



Commencement Exercises 



James Allen Cox 
Charles Carlos Crowell, III 
William Penn Dickinson, Jr. 
Karen LoRee Edwards 
Harry Edward Fisher 
William Wade Foster 
Thomas Courtney Garton 
William Charles Gordon 
Joyce Ann Green 
Steven L. Hagey 
Kathleen Sue Harmon 
Randy Byron Hartman 
Jennifer Jean Hauck 
Patricia Reed Head 
Ralph Hayes Hofler 
Calvin Jackson Holt, Jr. 
William Eugene Hutton 
Thomas S. Irwin, Jr. 
Kenneth Stewart Johnson 
Susan Viola Johnson 
Douglas Randolph Jones 
Jeffery John Kline 
Carol Jane Lasley 
Patsy Marlene McGrady 
Edward Boyd McConnell 

Carolyn 



Margaret Elizabeth Matthews 
Donald Edwin Matthieu 
William Lloyd Melson 
George Thompson Miller 
Vicki Ellen Morgan 
Judith Karen Nanney 
Richard Felton Nash 
Dayna Tate Pate 
John Blaine Patton 
Robert Lee Perretz, Jr. 
Anne Carolyn Phillips 
William Bullock Pittard, III 
Cheryl Lynn Pulliam 
Jennie French Ratliff 
David Lee Roberts 
Elizabeth Ann Roseberry 
Phillip Kay Russell 
L. Peter Schultz 
James Bruce Steffey 
Helen Paulette Stein 
Walter Brooks Stillwell, III 
Brenda Ann Templeton 
Nicka Thompson Thornton 
Carl Millon Tucker, III 
Joan Terry Williams 
Jane Wright 



191 



DEGREES CONFERRED 



Bachelor of Science 



Milton John Ackerman 
Glenda Shaffer Angel 
Jonathan S. Arney 
Susan Palmer Arnold 
Rudolph Alexander Ashton 
Carolyn Elizabeth Benz 
Charles Knox Biernbaum 
Roy Crary Blank 
Charles Ben Boss 
Jeffrey Jay Brown 
Charles Wilson Bruton, Jr. 
Martha Gentry Bryant 
Barbara Gail Scuffham Byrd 
Laurence Sutherland Cain 
George Emmitt Carter, Jr. 
Karen Lynn Casto 
Alfred Page Chestnut 
John Carroll Clark, Jr. 
William Lee Coble 
Larry Edward Cockerham 
Gene Norman Combs, Jr. 
James Allen Cox 
Charles Carlos Crowell, III 
Frank Edmondson, III 
Karen LoRee Edwards 
Wendy Jean Farmer 
William Augustus Folger, II 
Jamie Tarpley Fonville, Jr. 
William Wade Foster 
Donn Bennett Freeman 
Leonard Jerry Funderburk 
Thomas Courtney Garton 
Leslie Tina Gayner 
James Price Gerrish 
Thomas Moss Ginn 
Donna Kaye Gill Goings 
William Ralph Graves, Jr. 
Joyce Ann Green 
John Constantine Gretes 
Durante Avan Griffin, Jr. 
Herbert August Grote 
Barbara Jean Gutekunst 
Barbara Jean Haddon 
Michael E. Hammond 
William Ernest Harrelson, III 



Randy Byron Hartman 
Patricia Reed Head 
Paul Preston Hinkle, Jr. 
John Phillips Hodsdon 
Patricia Jane Hopkins 
James Cranford Hoyle, Jr. 
David Munroe Hudson 
William Eugene Hutton 
Louis Carlyle Jennings, Jr. 
Laura Mobley Jordon 
William Dwight Kernodle 
Jeffrey John Kline 
Carol Jane Lasley 
Meldine Burke Layton 
William Kermit Link, Jr. 
Larry Jermone McDowell 
Patsy Marlene McGrady 
Patricia Louise Mangum 
Christopher Lee Marshall 
Donald Drew Masline 
Margaret Elizabeth Matthews 
Donald Edwin Matthieu, Jr. 
Donna Bird May 
Roger William Mayhew 
Jennifer Sue Milam 
Laurin Camille Minton 
Bob G. Moore 
James Edgar Moore 
Thomas Rex Morton, Jr. 
Carol Ann Murphy 
Joseph Frank Myers 
Judith Karen Nanney 
Austine Byrd Odom 
Wade Steven Owen 
Suzanne Owensby 
Dorothy Jane Peterson 
William Bullock Pittard, III 
Larry Garfield Poindexter 
Robert H. Porter 
James Gordon Poston 
Robert McNeill Poteat 
James Michael Pulliam 
Pascal Hanson Renn, Jr. 
Don Francis Riordan, Jr. 
Susan Foxx Rivenbark 



192 



Degrees Conferred 



Thomas Edward Robinson 
Elizabeth Ann Roseberry 
Carl Michael Sasser 
John Paul Schaffer 
Robert Lee Seila 
Helen Ruth Smithson 
Barbara Lee Soper 
Anne Benton Stoltz 
David Henry Stroupe 

Stephen 



Paul T. Swails, Jr. 
Kenneth Walter Thomas 
Thomas Russell Tomlinson 
Ping Kwan Tse 
Dorothy Kay Turner 
Emily Jane Wade 
Richard Lee Wash 
Aldridge Drane Wilder, Jr. 
Richard Taylor Williams 
Thomas Wilson 



Bachelor of Arts 



Robert Newell Abarno 
Charles Cochran Adams, III 
Arthur James Aikman 
Robert Henry Anderson, III 
Betty Branch Arrington 
James Harry Arrowood, Jr. 
Irma Browder Bagby 
Mary Sue Memory Baird 
Jerry Herbert Baker 
Diane Secor Baldwin 
Linda Kay Barrick 
Herschel Dwight Bartlett 
Nelson Ann Baus 
Beverly Tate Beal 
David Dean Belnap 
John David Bennett 
Lila Jane Biggerstaff 
Susan Ann Bishop 
Jennifer Louise Bivens 
Percy George Bloxam 
Henry Hawes Bostic, Jr. 
Ellen Wright Bouldin 
Warren Foster Boutilier 
John Milam Brame 
Rebecca Irene Brandon 
Frank Walker Bristow 
Donald Elmore Britt, Jr. 
Homer Woodrow Brookshire, Jr. 
Richard Josey Bryan 
William Thomas Bryant 
Kenney Shepherd Buckhalt, Jr. 
Ronnie Jean Bulson 
Larry Maurice Burch 
Lester M. C. Butt 
Christopher Lynn Byerly 
James Palmer Byrd 



Jones Pharr Byrd 

Robert Preston Caldwell, Jr. 

Beverly Steele Cale 

Vicki Windle Campbell 

Mary Patricia Carnes 

Charles Clinton Caskey 

Philip Hoyt Cheatwood 

Terrina Gayle Cheek 

Nancy Jean Christie 

Anne McRae Cober 

John Arthur Collins, III 

Howard Charles Colvard, Jr. 

Frederick Lamback Cooper, III 

Roger Sharp Crawford 

Ben Madison Crumley, II 

Samuel Booth Currin, III 

Alan Brian Curry 

Carol Ann Cuthbertson 

John Cary Daughtry 

John Allen Davis 

Larry Reid Davis 

David Hunter Diamont 

William Penn Dickinson, Jr. 

David Charles Dill 

Scott Jamieson Divoll 

Daniel Joseph Dolan 

Robert Joseph Drdak 

Ralph Milton Edgar 

Mary Margaret Edwards 

Graydon Poe Eggers, Jr. 

Kenneth Robert Ellis 

Jo Cheryl Exum 

John Patrick Exum 

Lucian Holt Felmet, Jr. 

Harry Edward Fisher 

Stuart Cornelius Fisher 



193 



Degrees Conferred 



Thomas Warne Fitch 
Betty Morris Fox 
J. Rodney Franks 
Glenn Barry Freedman 
Mary Colhy Frost 
Eric William Fruin 
Sheila Ann Fulton 
Jimmy Ray Funderhurk 
Dan W. Gaddy 
Darla Faye Giles 
Nancy Louis Gilliland 
Merley Elizabeth Glover 
David Henry Goehrig 
William Charles Gordon 
Gary Carleton Gough 
Richard Paul Greenberg 
John William Greer 
James Wilson Grout 
Donald Kenneth Haehnel 
Steven L. Hagey 
Francis Edwin Hallman, Jr. 
Jon Jay Hamilton 
Myra Jean Harkey 
Kethleen Sue Harmon 
Alton Anderson Harper 
Richard Gregory Harvey 
Jennifer Jean Hauck 
Susan Rebekah Henderson 
Buddy O. H. Herring, II 
Guy Cornelius Hobbs 
Kathryn Mae Hocutt 
Ralph Hayes Hofler, III 
Calvin Jackson Holt, Jr. 
Forrest Hughy Hollifield 
James Michael Hope 
Mary Fran Hughes 
John McCullough Humphries 
Steven Rawlings Hursh 
Jennifer Lynne Jacober 
James Bruce Jacobsen 
Kenneth Stewart Johnson 
Susan V. Johnson 
Charles Francis Jones 
Douglas Randolph Jones 
Ronald Van Jones 
Adrienne Gayle Jordan 
Graydon Miller Jordan 
Karen B. Kaenzig 
James Jeffrey Kincheloe 



Robert Douglas Knapp 
Peter Lloyd Knauss 
Dennis Wayne Knight 
Wilhelmina M. Krapels 
Candith Ellen Krueger 
Cecil Ellis Leagans, Jr. 
Robert Edward Lee, Jr. 
Borys Leoczko 
Linda Ruth Levi 
Carolyn Louise Lewis 
Joseph Allen Lewis, Jr. 
Steven Randall Loftin 
Elizabeth Louise Lowe 
Vaughn Charles Luckadoo 
Richard Reed Lyle 
Marian Ceceilia McAdams 
James Franklin McClain 
Edward Boyd McConnell 
Robert Hayes McNeill, Jr. 
Cynthia Weathers Still Mann 
Stephen Merritt Martin 
Ann Lashley Medlin 
Thomas Matthew Meisenhelder 
William Lloyd Melson 
Rebecca Ann Melton 
William Holmes Messick 
William Dunning Mileham, III 
George Thompson Miller 
Richard Alan Miners 
Bryce George Moore, Jr. 
Edward Grant Moore 
Fredric Leslie Morgan, Jr. 
Vicki Ellen Morgan 
Brady Karl Morrison 
Donald Leslie Morrison 
Joe David Mount 
Laurance William Nagin 
Richard Felton Nash 
William Anderson Newman 
Susie Sharp Newson 
Duncan Lawrence Nichols, Jr. 
James Andrew Nix 
William Henry Overman, Jr 
George Edgar Parker 
Susan Ray Parker 
William Joseph Parker, Jr. 
Dayna Tate Pate 
Robert Lee Perretz, Jr. 
Anne Elizabeth Petty 



194 



Degrees Conferred 



Jeannie Lucille Pfister 

Ann Carolyn Phillips 

Wayne Wade Poplin 

Robert Stephen Poston 

Charles Collett Powell, III 

David Samuel Pugh, Jr. 

Cheryl Lynn Pulliam 

Jennie French Ratliff 

Donna Jo Redding 

Samuel Steele Redding 

David Arthur Reynolds 

James Claudia Rice 

Glenn Gallemore Riley 

David Lee Roberts 

John Foster Robertson 

Joanna Lawrence Rollman 

Felix Andrew Rowe, Jr. 

Michael Franklin Royster 

Stephen George Royster 

Phillip Kay Russell 

James Kerr Rutherford 

Betty Anne Saeman 

Martha Sue Brogden Sasser 

L. Peter Schultz 

Susan Ann Scott 

Stephen Herbert Searle 

Elizabeth Lee Sexton 

Richard Arthur Sheola 

Claude Ernest Simons 

John Paul Simpson 

Ralph Allen Simpson 

Susan Lowella Sodeman Singhas 

James Seymour Slone 

David Allen Smith 

Donald Dawson Smith 

James Fulton Smith, Jr. 

William Alvan Smith, III 

Deborah D. Snapp 



William Harmen Sned, Jr. 
James Howard Solomon 
Daniel L. Sparling 
Richard Lynn Stanley 
Emily Louise Steifle 
Helen Paulette Stein 
Hazel Louise Stephenson 
Lona Rebecca Stevenson 
Walter Brooks Stillwell, III 
Douglas Dwight Stokes 
Pamela Elizabeth Storie 
Myron Thomas Stouffer 
Thomas N. Stuetzer, Jr. 
Roger Craig Summers 
Mary Karen Swartz 
Stephen Young Sweet 
Brenda Ann Templeton 
Donald West Thompson 
Nicka Thompson Thornton 
Samuel Olen Todd 
Fred Robert Troll, Jr. 
Carl Millon Tucker, III 
William Monroe Tucker, Jr. 
Sara Elizabeth Umstead 
Glenn Arthur Van Der Ploog 
John Jeter Walker 
Rebecca Ann Wall 
David Andrew Wallace 
Dean Allen Walters 
John Calvin Wehunt, II 
Rebecca Lynn West 
Judith Ellen White 
Henry Harper Whitley, Jr. 
Joan Terry Williams 
Carolyn Jane Wright 
Virginia Anne Wuertenberger 
Cameron Duncan Yow 
Maxine Zaiken 



Bachelor of Business Administration 



Robert Garland Atkins, Jr. 
John Colson Baker 
John Campbell Crump 
Thomas Malcolm Driskill, Jr. 
Thomas Arnold Edwards 
Richard Douglas Fearrington 
Edwin Hall Ferguson, Jr. 
John McCullough Garrity 



Richard George Henning 
Vincent Howard, Jr. 
Thomas S. Irwin, Jr. 
Samuel Rea Kilgore, Jr. 
John Carner Lowe, Jr. 
Lynn Barry Nickol 
Melvin Jabez Oliver, Jr. 
John Blaine Patton 



195 



Degrees Conferred 



Paul Emerson Pinson 
Clark L. Pool 
Michael Glenn Queen 
Christopher Aldrich Sailer 
Douglas Carroll Sexton 
David Marvin Siceloff 



John Kelly Speas 
Irvin R. Squires, Jr. 
James Bruce Steffey 
Charles Randall Welfare, Jr. 
Bruce Noll Williams 
James Lynn Young 



Juris Doctor 



Thaddeus Awasaw Adams, III 
Thomas Willis Haywood Alexander 
Joe Earl Biesecker 
Laurel Otis Boyles 
Curtis Paul Cheyney, III 
Dallas Clinton Clark, Jr. 
Wesley Duane Corle 
James Donald Cowan, Jr. 
William Thomas Cranfill, Jr. 
Bonnie Lynn Hauch Danser 
Frederick Taylor Danser, III 
Gerald Hadley Davidson, Jr. 
Mahlon Wingate DeLoatch, Jr. 
Donald Larry Dotson 
Brooks Sherwin Doyle, Jr. 
John Nicholas Fountain 
Wayne Hampton Foushee 
Larry Gregson Graham 
Lester Bennett Gram, Jr. 
Edward Whitaker Grannis, Jr. 
Burnace Monroe Hancock, Jr. 
William Patrick Harris 
Ladson Frederick Hart 
William Grady Ijames, Jr. 
William Kelly Johnson 
William Leslie Johnson, Jr. 
Thomas William Jones 
Reginald Thomas Joyn'eir 
Albert Lewis Lahendro 
Carroll Harden Leggett 



Alton Yates Lennon 
William Joseph McCarthy, III 
John Madison Memory 
Kenneth Allen Moser 
Douglas Pressel Murray 
Broxie Jay Nelson 
Norman Lee Nifong 
Doris Greene Randolph 
John Cabriel Breckenridge 

Regan, III 
Theodore Lamar Robinson, Jr. 
Thomas Jefferson Robinson, Jr. 
Wyatt Thomas Saunders, Jr. 
Meyressa Hughes Schoonmaker 
Theodore Abraham Schvimmer 
Robert Joseph Scott 
George Charles Simmons, III 
Norman Ivey Singletary 
Kenneth Alden Smith 
William Jefferson Smith 
Robert Stanley Taylerson 
Donald Kenneth Tisdale 
Richard Stone Towers 
David Hollis Wagner, Jr. 
Edwin William Welch 
Benjamin Harvey White, Jr. 
Duvall McClellan Williams, Jr. 
Wiley Porter Wooten 
Julian Bunn Wray 
James Cook Yeatts, III 



Charles Roger Young 



George Louis Auman 
Marshall Ray Ball 
Eugene Kohler Betts 
Reginald Sinclair Bolick 
Gerald Paul Briggs 



Doctor of Medicine 



James Edwin Byrum, Jr. 
Allen Evans Combs 
Henry Sayler Daugherty 
George Cecil Daul, Jr. 
Paul Lawson Davis, Jr. 



196 



Degrees Conferred 



Howard Garrett Dawkins, Jr. 
Robert Ross Dixon 
Dean MacMillan Dobson 
Steven Ronald Fore 
John McDowell Fultz, Jr. 
Robert Wylie Gibson, Jr. 
Robert Wallace Hamill 
Allan Brabham Harvin 
Harry Slade Howell, Jr. 
Horace Mendall Jordan 
Raymond Edward Joyner 
Larry Shelton Kilby 
Robert Hampton LeGrand, Jr. 
Robert Stephen Levine 
Charles Weston Lomax 
Paul E. Lundstrom 
John Colin McDougall 
William Frederick McGuirt 
Allen Menkin 
Robert Peter Miller 
Robert Wallace Moore, Jr. 

Foster 



James Dean Puckett 
Larry Hollis Redmond 
Carl King Rust, II 
Terry Keith Satterwhite 
Herbert Miles Schiller 
James Leland Self 
Alan Jay Simpson 
Samuel Nowell Smith 
William Thornton Speck 
Lura Winstead Stagg 
Paul Lynwood Stagg 
Robert Lee Stephenson 
Ronald Glenn Taylor 
Terry Wayne Torgenrud 
William York Tucker, Jr. 
Robert Lee Voigt 
Kenneth Lewis Wehr 
Andrew Jay Weiland 
Thomas Jakle Weinberg 
Robert Torance Westmoreland 
John Keenan Whisnant, Jr. 
Harold Young, Jr. 



Master of Science 

Carolyn Beach Daul James John Richter 

James Allen McAlister, Jr. David Lee Robinson 

Robert Herman Wolf 



Master of Arts 



Constance Bishop Alexander 
Katherine Lapsley Bell 
Gilmer Warren Blackburn 
William Lawrence Blackwell 
Richard Francis Collins 
Janice Lee Czikowsky 
Curtis Drew Edwards 
Clinton Ray Ewald 
Jackson W. Foley, Jr. 
Samuel Brooks Green 
David Corey Kurtz 
Gee- Yin Kwok 
Marietta Rose Marra 



Philip Maxwell Mount 
John Francis Nance, Jr. 
Broxie Jay Nelson 
John Gregory Olley 
Keith Wescott Reiss 
Thomas Jeffrey Richards 
Daniel James Richman 
James Cook Rogers 
Richard C. Sanders 
Hobart McKinley Simpson, Jr. 
Charles Alexander Singhas 
Shirley Diane Thorne 
Richard Leslie Torian 



Doctor of Philosophy 



Dolores Gonzales-Ojeda Evans 
Doyle Joseph Evans, Jr. 



Gerald Francis Lackey 
Camilo Ignacio Porciuncula 



197 



Degrees Conferred 



HONORARY DEGREES 

Doctor of Divinity 
Theodore Floyd Adams 

Doctor of Humane Letters 
John Wesley Chandler 

Doctor of Laws 

Dan Killian Moore 
John Clarke Whitaker 



198 



DEGREES CONFERRED JANUARY 24, 1968 



Bachelor of Science 



Bert Bovard Boldt, II 
Daniel Michael Ferezan 
Glenn David Greenway, Jr. 
Sharon Lee Kennedy 
Christopher S. Kroustalis 



Richard Norman Myers 
Joel Hoyt Pritchett 
Joseph Sepic 
Lenda Kay Shaffer 
James Gardner Speer 



Sandra Gail Williamson 



Bachelor of Arts 



Helen Huntley Aull 
Richard Carl Beck 
Claudette Frances Beeson 
Richard Vernon Bennett 
Peyton E. Bruns 
George Henry Edwards 

Drinkwater, III 
B. Lee Ebs 

George Wright Findlay 
Stephen James Flynn 
Nana Elaine Hilsenbeck 

Lois Carol 



David Bowers Hoyle 
Sheila Faye Sizemore Hutcherson 
Nancy Funderburk Lamb 
Randall Wayne London 
Michael Ernest Mandeville 
William Rothwell Mark, II 
John Budd Meredith, Jr. 
Sylvia Gordon Rousseau 
Theodore Satterwythe Royster, Jr. 
Robert Earl Taylor, Jr. 
Louise G. Wisman 
Moore Wyche 



Bachelor of Business Administration 



Howard Chapman Fulwiler 
Robert Allen Kemmerer, Jr. 



Lynn W. Nesbitt 
Dennis Ralph Salvatore 



Mary Seldon Dutrow 
Mary Maxine McGinty 



Master of Arts 



Jerry Wayne Moore 
Philip Michael Oakley 



Juris Doctor 
Norman Thomas Gibson Philip Carl Shaw 



B. Lee Ebs 



GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS 

Cum Laude 

Nana Elaine Hilsenbeck 
Sharon Lee Kennedy 



199 



SUMMER DIVISION OF THE CLASS OF 1968 

Friday, August 23 

DEGREES CONFERRED 



Reuben Defoix Calvert, J] 
William Lowe Clarke, III 
John Paul Crinkley 
Paul John Davitt, Jr. 
Ronald Jeffrey Day 
William Anton Grace 
Graham Marquis Greene 
Carolyn Halstead Holmes 



Bachelor of Science 

t. John Daniel Jones, III 

Walter Wayne Jordan 
Richard Jean Kelly 
Richard Kenneth Penn 
Charles Benjamin Parker 
Thomas Cowles Rosemond, Jr. 
Newton Wardlaw Scott, III 
Herbert Ingram Spear 



Lawrence Miles Wager 



Bachelor of Arts 



Alfred Gray Adams 
Richard Bissell Ames 
Runo Carl Anderson, Jr. 
Thomas Norvell Ashburn, Jr. 
Micheline Emma Bacca 
Ronald Edward Bassett 
Ralph Lane Beshears, Jr. 
Patricia Sue Brown 
Daniel K. Cooper 
William Ernest Coo re 
Charles Preston Cowan, Jr. 
Jimmy Lewis Craig 
William Thomas Donnelly, Jr. 
Thomas Eugene Duffee 
Thomas Webb Duncan 
Jean Vincent Fitzsimmons 
Clifford Garland Gaddy, Jr. 
Luke Gustave Galant 
Lucy Hartsfield Holton Gordon 
Rodney Eugene Green 
Douglas Byron Harrell 
James Earl Hill, Jr. 



H. Gail Hinson 
Ronald Wayne Hoover 
Charles Edward Jackson, Jr. 
Ronald Dean Joos 
David Mosteller Kiser 
Thomas Jay Krause 
James Hawley McKinnon, Jr. 
Kenneth Gene Mills 
Travis Edward Newton 
Louis Brian Piccolo 
James Kyle Powell 
Gregory Alan Roark 
Lee Nathan Sanges 
Sara Louise Seanor 
Charles Crowe Smith, III 
Earl Wilson Smith 
Philip Jefferson Smith 
David Owen Stone 
Karl Fleming Tutt, III 
Dennis William Whalen 
Kay Sutton Whitworth 
Byron Calder Wyche 



Bachelor of Business Administration 



Aubrey Lee Highfill 
Steven Craig Kelley 
Albert Shuler Lineberry, Jr. 
Gene Lee Rapelye 



Jack L. Rogers 
Jack Harrison Snyder, Jr. 
Alan Richard Stauch 
Ernest Talley, III 



Douglas Anderson Twiddy 



200 



Graduation Distinctions 



Master of Science 
Keith Lytle Banks Laura Leggett Winstead 

Master of Arts 

Robert Burns Bailey, Jr. Michael Warren Kirby, Jr. 

Linda Adams Bland William Yu-Ming Lee 

Keywood Carnell Cheves, Jr. George MacGreggor Love 

Ralph Jerry Christian Miriam Moller Lovett 

Lesly V. This Ellis William Butler Scott 

James Henry Everett, Jr. Randall Clark Sowell 

Peter Uwe Gielen Emory Marvin Underwood 

Steven Gunnar Johnson Ashley Eakes Whitfield 
Joanne Marshall Witt 

Doctor of Philosophy 
John Simpson Kaufman 

GRADUATION DISTINCTIONS 

Summa Cum Laude 
Jimmy Lewis Craig Lucy Hartsfield Holton Gordon 

Cum Laude 

Ronald Edward Bassett Ronald Dean Joos 

Clifford Garland Gaddy, Jr. Kenneth Gene Mills 



201 



ROTC GRADUATES COMMISSIONED IN 
THE UNITED STATES ARMY RESERVE 

November 1967 
Robert F. Frye, III 



January 1968 



Richard C. Beckf 
Bert B. Boldt, II 
Daniel M. Ferezanf 
Howard C. Fulwiler, Jr. 



Rudolph A. Ash ton* 
Lester M. Butt* 
Jones P. Byrd 
Philip H. Cheatwood* 
James A. Cox 
John M. Garrity* 
Herbert A Grote 
Vincent Howard, Jr. 
Steven R. Hursh 
Edward G. Mooref 
Laurance W. Nagin 
William J. Parker, Jr. 



Runo C. Anderson, Jr. 
Alan B. Curry 
William L. Clarke, III 
Thomas A. Edwards 
Buddy O. H. Herring, II 
Richard D. Hessler 
Forrest H. Hollifield 
John M. Humphriest 
Graydon M. Jordan 
James J. Kincheloe* 



David B. Hoyle 
Louis C. Jennings, Jr. 
William R. Mark 
Joseph Sepic, Jr.f 



June 1968 



David A. Reynolds 
James K. Rutherford 
Christopher A. Sailer 
Carl M. Sasserf 
David A. Smith* 
William A. Smith, III* 
James H. Solomon* 
David H. Stroupe 
Kenneth W. Thomas 
Donald W. Thompson 
Thomas R. Tomlinson 
Glenn A; Van Der Ploog 



July 1968 



James A. Nixf 
George E. Parker 
James M. Pulliam 
Daniel L. Sparling 
Richard L. Stanley 
Walter B. Stillwell, III 
Thomas N. Stuetzer, Jr. 
Roger C. Summers 
Stephen Y. Sweet* 
William M. Tucker, Jr. 



Reuben D. Calvert, Jr. 



August 1968 

Charles E. Jackson, Jr. 
Richard K. Penn, Jr. 

September 1968 
Walter G. Harlow 



* Distinguished Military Graduates. 

t Distinguished Military Graduates Commissioned in Regular Army. 



202 



SUMMARY - FALL 

Men 



Graduate School 

Wake Forest College: 

Regular 

Unclassified 

Bowman Gray School of Medicine 



71 
22 
40 

133 



1968 

Women 

56 
24 
13 



93 



Totals 

127 
46 
53 

226 



226 



Wake Forest College 

Seniors 380 

Juniors 353 

Sophomores 413 

Freshmen 486 

Unclassified 19 

1,651 



159 


539 


170 


523 


178 


591 


215 


701 


16 


35 



738 2,389 2,389 



Charles H. Babcock School of Business Administration 

Seniors 76 3 

Juniors 58 6 

Unclassified 5 



139 



79 

64 

5 

148 



148 



School of Law 

Third Year 62 

Second Year 56 

First Year 67 



185 






62 


1 


57 


1 


68 



187 



187 



Bowman Gray School of Medicine 

Fourth Year 51 

Third Year 49 

Second Year 56 

First Year 60 

216 

Grand Totals 2,324 



4 


53 




2 


58 




2 


62 




11 


227 


227 


853 


3,177 


3,177 



203 



Summer Session of 1968 

First Term Men Women Totals 

Graduate Students 

Regular 47 24 71 

Unclassified 75 87 162 

Undergraduates 

Regular 455 137 592 

Unclassified 143 167 310 

Law Students 18 18 

Second Term 

Graduate Students 

Regular 46 22 68 

Unclassified 11 19 30 

Undergraduate 

Regular 334 92 426 

Unclassified 104 96 200 

1,233 644 1,877 

Duplicates, attended both terms 346 150 496 

887 494 1,381 

Duplicates, Summer School 

and Regular Session 522 182 704 

365 312 677 677 

3,854 



204 



Registration 



Registration By Departments 



Biology 927 

Chemistry 313 

Classical Languages: 

Greek 63 

Latin 321 

Education 498 

English 1,649 

German 276 

History 1,473 

Mathematics 1,075 

Military Science 300 

Music 290 

Philosophy 403 

Physical Education 1,145 

Physics 308 

Political Science 579 

Psychology 702 

Religion 740 

Romance Languages: 

French 448 

Russian 18 

Spanish 366 

Sociology and Anthropology 699 

Speech 291 



205 



Geographical Distribution 



Counties in North Carolina 



Alamance 45 

Alexander 3 

Alleghany 2 

Anson 3 

Ashe 6 

Avery 3 

Beaufort 5 

Bertie 1 

Bladen 2 

Brunswick 1 

Buncombe 25 

Burke 16 

Cabarrus 32 

Caldwell 10 

Carteret 10 

Caswell 1 

Catawba 26 

Chatham 3 

Cherokee 2 

Cleveland 24 

Columbus 4 

Craven 11 

Cumberland 28 

Currituck 2 

Davidson 76 

Davie 7 

Duplin 5 

Durham 19 

Edgecombe 12 

Forsyth 413 

Franklin 5 

Gaston 41 

Granville 7 

Greene 2 

Guilford 108 

Halifax 13 

Harnett 11 

Haywood 13 

Henderson 11 

Hertford 20 

Hoke 2 

Iredell 25 

Jackson 1 

Johnston 15 

Jones 1 



Lee 7 

Lenoir 16 

Lincoln 6 

McDowell 6 

Macon 2 

Madison 1 

Martin 3 

Mecklenburg 114 

Mitchell 3 

Montgomery 5 

Moore 4 

Nash 13 

New Hanover 13 

Northampton 5 

Onslow 1 

Orange 6 

Pasquotank 3 

Pender 5 

Person 9 

Pitt 14 

Polk 1 

Randolph 29 

Richmond 9 

Robeson 19 

Rockingham 30 

Rowan 33 

Rutherford 18 

Sampson 19 

Scotland 8 

Stanley 14 

Stokes 7 

Surry 39 

Swain 2 

Transylvania 3 

Union 22 

Vance 6 

Wake 60 

Warren 3 

Washington 3 

Watauga 5 

Wayne 13 

Wilkes 36 

Wilson 6 

Yadkin 14 

Yancey 2 



206 



Geographical Distribution 



States 



Alabama 8 

Arizona 2 

Arkansas 2 

California 17 

Colorado 4 

Connecticut 29 

Delaware 31 

District of Columbia 10 

Florida 94 

Georgia 63 

Hawaii 2 

Illinois 33 

Indiana 5 

Iowa 2 

Kansas 1 

Kentucky 19 

Louisiana 1 

Maine 2 

Maryland 132 

Massachusetts 30 

Michigan 10 

Minnesota 6 



Mississippi 1 

Missouri 3 

Montana 1 

Nebraska 1 

New Hampshire 8 

New Jersey 159 

New York 88 

North Dakota 3 

Ohio 57 

Oklahoma 5 

Pennsylvania 148 

Rhode Island 1 

South Carolina 74 

Tennessee 47 

Texas 9 

Utah 3 

Vermont 1 

Virginia 264 

Washington 2 

West Virginia 48 

Wisconsin 8 

Canal Zone 2 



Foreign Countries 



Afghanistan 1 

Argentina 1 

Bolivia 1 

Brazil 1 

Canada 3 

Columbia 1 

Cyprus 1 

Ecuador 1 

England 1 

France 1 



Germany 3 

Hong Kong 6 

India 1 

Iran 1 

Japan 1 

Netherlands 1 

Nigeria 2 

Somalia 1 

Switzerland 2 

Taiwan 1 



207 



INDEX 



Absences 72 

Academic Requirements, 

Minimum 73 

Accounting 169, 171 

Accreditation 7 

Administration 9 

Admission Requirements . 41 

Advanced Placement .... 43 
Advanced Standing 

Admission 44 

Advisers 70, 85 

Anthropology 159 

Application Fee 41, 46 

Army R.O.T.C 127 

Army R.O.T.C. 

Commissions 127, 202 

Art 97 

Art Museum 40 

Asian Studies Program . . 164 
Athletics 

Equipment 36 

Intercollegiate 69 

Attendance Requirements 72 

Auditing 71 

Awards 66, 188 

Basic Course Require- 
ments 82 

Biology 98 

Board 49 

Buildings, Academic 35 

Buildings, Residence .... 37 

Buildings and Grounds . . 35 

Business Administration . 165 

Calendar 3 

Chapel Service 32 

Charges 45 

Chemistry 103 

Choir Work Grants 61 

Class Schedule 94 

Classical Languages 105 

Classification 70 

College Union 69 

Commencement Exercises 188 
Committees of the 

Faculty 25 

Course Conditions 

Removal Procedure ... 77 

Seniors 77 

Courses of Instruction 

The College 94 

School of Business 

Administration 171 

Credit Hours Defined .... 94 

Dean's List 78 

Debate and Speech 64 

Degrees 

Bachelor of Arts 81 



Bachelor of Business 

Administration 168 

Bachelor of Science ... 81 

Doctor of Medicine . . . 182 

Juris Doctor 180 

Master of Arts 176 

Degrees Conferred 192 

Dentistry 90 

Deposits 42, 46 

Dormitories 37 

Dramatics 161 

Economics 107, 170, 172 

Education 108 

Endowment 34 

Engineering 90 

English 113 

Enrollment Summary . . . 203 

Examinations 76 

Experiment in Int'l Living 79 

Faculty 13 

Fees 45 

Finance 171 

Forensics 63 

Forestry " 92 

Fraternities 67 

French 153 

Geographical Distribution 206 

German 118 

German Exchange 

Scholarship 60 

Grading System 76 

Graduate School 48, 176 

Graduation 

Distinctions 78, 190 

Fee 47 

Requirements 81 

Greek 105 

Hindi 155 

Historical Sketch 28 

History 120 

Honor Societies 68 

Honor System 62 

Honors Program 

Departmental 97 

Biology 99 

Economics 107 

English 113 

German 118 

History 120 

Interdisciplinary 95 

Mathematics 124 

Music 130 

Physical Education .... 140 

Phvsics 142 

Political Science 143 

Psvchology 147 

Religion 150 

Romance Languages . . . 153 



209 



Index 



Sociology and Anthro- 
pology 158 

Speech 161 

Housing 49 

Introductory Statement . . 7 

Journalism 117 

Latin 106 

Law 87, 177 

Libraries 24, 38 

Loan Funds 57 

Majors 86 

Management 171 

Marketing 171 

Mathematics 124 

Medals 66, 188 

Medical Sciences 88 

Medical Technology 89 

Medicine 182 

Men's Judicial Board ... 63 

Military Science 127 

Ministerial Students 57, 60 

Music 129 

Navy R.O.C. Program ... 80 

Phi Beta Kappa 68, 189 

Philosophy 136 

Physical Education 

Courses 138 

Equipment 36 

Physics 141 

Piedmont University 

Center 40 

Placement Office 80 

Political Science 143 

Probation 75 

Psychological Center .... 80 

Psychology 147 

Publications 66 

Purposes and Objectives . 31 

Quality Points 74 

Radio Station 65 

Readmission 75 

Recitations Per Week ... 70 



Recreational Activities . . 69 
Registration 

Dates 4 

Procedure 70 

Regulations 50, 71 

Religion 149 

Religious Program 32 

Reports 78 

Requirements, Academic . 73, 81 

Romance Languages 153 

Room Regulations 50 

Russian 155 

Salem College Courses . . . 164 

Scholarships 51 

Senior Orations 63 

Senior Testing Program . 86 
Sociology and 

Anthropology 157 

Spanish 156 

Spanish Exchange 

Scholarship 60 

Speech 161 

Speech Institute 64 

Student Employment .... 61 

Student Government .... 62 

Study Abroad 79 

Summer Session 

Elsewhere 79 

Summer Term 185 

Teacher Certificate 

Requirements 108 

Theater 65 

Transcripts 48, 78 

Trustees 8 

Tuition 45 

University Calendar 4 

Upper Division 84 

Veterans 80 

Withdrawal 

From College 49, 73 

From Course 73 



210